energy-appropriate personal watercraft

102
Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft Team 4 – Hocking River Pirates Michelle Barwacz Eric Carlson Daniel Edwartoski Michael Graham Kevin Hardin Alicia Konczol Matthew Schuenke Ross Scoular Matthew Smith June 1, 2007 Abstract The problem of pollution in marine environments clearly indicates a need for more environmentally friendly recreational watercraft. Through customer interviews, external research, and benchmarking, a niche market of the recreational fisherman was determined to be an adequate customer base to develop a project. A list of target specifications and design criteria was developed, the conceptual design process was completed, and concept was selected. A final design was developed incorporating collapsibility and an electric motor as the propulsion system. The collapsibility features allow the watercraft to be separated into lightweight components that can be easily transported and assembled by a single user.

Upload: others

Post on 11-Sep-2021

6 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

Team 4 ndash Hocking River Pirates

Michelle Barwacz Eric Carlson

Daniel Edwartoski Michael Graham

Kevin Hardin Alicia Konczol

Matthew Schuenke Ross Scoular

Matthew Smith

June 1 2007

Abstract The problem of pollution in marine environments clearly indicates a need for more environmentally friendly recreational watercraft Through customer interviews external research and benchmarking a niche market of the recreational fisherman was determined to be an adequate customer base to develop a project A list of target specifications and design criteria was developed the conceptual design process was completed and concept was selected A final design was developed incorporating collapsibility and an electric motor as the propulsion system The collapsibility features allow the watercraft to be separated into lightweight components that can be easily transported and assembled by a single user

Greg Kremer
Note
Excellent Design Report 13Well written well edited and the technical content is complete and correct (with only a few issues with the discussion of the failure analysis)13Good level of detail in the Appendices and good job on the drawings and discussions in the design project file1313Grades13Communication 9913Dwgs mfgassy plans costs 9813Technical Content 97513

2

Table of Contents 10 Introduction 3

11 Initial Needs Statement 3 20 Customer Needs Assessment 3

21 Weighting of Customer Needs 4 30 Revised Needs Statement 6

31 Target Specifications 7 32 Design Criteria 8

40 External Search 9 41 Benchmarking 10

50 Concept Generation 13 51 Problem Clarification 13 52 Concept Generation 14

521 Power Plant Options 15 522 Hull Configurations 18 523 Delighters 19

60 Concept Selection 19 61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 19

611 Power Calculations and Analysis 19 612 Electric Motor Analysis 26 613 DC Battery Analysis 28 614 Human Power Analysis 33 615 Buoyancy Analysis 35

62 Concept Screening 35 621 Customer Feedback Process 35 622 Concept Screening Process 37 63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 39 631 Human Power Selection 39 632 Hull Selection 39 633 Selected Concept 40 634 Cost Feasibility 41 70 Final Design 42 701 Propulsion System 47 702 Hull System 55 703 Transportation 70 71 Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials 71 72 How Does it Work 71 721 Storage and Transportation 71 722 Assembly 73 723 Propulsion System 76 73 How is it Made 81 80 Conclusion 91 References 100 Appendix A Customer Survey 103 Appendix B Business Opportunity Statement 104 Appendix C FMEA Worksheets 106 Appendix D Individual Component Analyses 117

Greg Kremer
Note
Good job on the Table of Contents

3

10 Introduction Marine pollution by personal watercraft is often overlooked when discussing pollution However one 2-stroke outboard motor running for seven hours can pollute more than an average car driven 100000 miles (Better Boating) When considering the fact that 713 million Americans participate in recreational boating (National Marine Manufacturer 2006) 75 of which using 2-stroke motors (Blue Water Network 2006) the pollution produced due to these engines becomes a serious problem Oil spill dispersants are toxic to marine plants and animals They impair breathing in fish and reduce the amount of oxygen in water (University of California) Conventional 2-stroke motors allow 20-30 of their fuel to go directly to the air or water (Massachusetts 2006) One quart of oil can form a film over a body of water 2 acres in size (California Department of Waterways) Looking at these facts it is not difficult to see that recreational boating causes serious harm to marine environments Due to the environmental hazards recreational boating creates it is logical to pursue a development in this area that addresses the issue of pollution and fuel efficiency With the proper design a personal watercraft could be produced that is attractive to anglers and other recreational boaters 11 Initial Needs Statement With the steady increase in recreational boating the goal of decreasing Americarsquos oil dependency and the current efficiency and environmental deficiencies for watercraft there is a need to make watercraft more environmentally-friendly and energy-efficient To reach this goal there is a need for a 1-seat demonstration watercraft that could fill a niche market and be used to demonstrate the technology to watercraft manufacturing companies This scaled demonstration watercraft must be safe energy efficient environmentally friendly and reliable while demonstrating appropriate speed endurance and payload capacity 20 Customer Needs Assessment Multiple interviewing and observing methods were used to assess the customer needs These methods were aimed at finding information from two different groups of users recreational boaters and fishermen Forty-three interviews and surveys were compiled to obtain information on customer needs Sample interview questions can be seen in Appendix A Data was collected as individuals and reviewed as a team to create the initial customer needs list shown in Table 1

4

Table 1 Initial Customer Needs List Obtained from Interviews and Observations

21 Weighting of Customer Needs Weighting can help in making design decisions by determining what needs are more important than others If one need conflicts with another the need that carries the most weight will supersede the other either partially or fully in the design Table 2 shows the generic needs list and their weights relative to one another The analytical hierarchy process (AHP) was used to weight the needs Table 3 shows the needs and their AHP rankings in this hierarchy Although the purpose of this project is to address the environmental and energy issues related to recreational boating that issue received a lower rating than performance reliability and safety This is due to the fact that the customer research showed environmental impact and energy efficiency to be less important to the customer than performance reliability and safety This makes sense in that if a watercraft is not safe and cannot perform the duties required by the customer energy efficiency will not weigh into their purchasing decision However most customers did state that as long as the desired performance was achieved a more environmentally friendly and energy efficient watercraft would be desirable In Table 3 each general need was divided up into components that are used to accomplish the task of fulfilling the general need These needs were then ranked on a one to five scale based on importance one being very important and five being the least important These rankings can be seen in Table 4 The rankings were determined by the team members coming to a consensus on each ranking based on customer interviews and engineering experience

Transport one person Sufficient storage space Functional in multiple environments Easy to Operate Operate for duration of a typical fishing outing Mechanically driven propeller Human power as back-up power source Reliable Portable by one person Easy of load on and off truck Durable Easy to maintain Resist damage to water-born debris Meet Federal and Ohio state laws and regulations Low noise Safe

5

Table 2 AHP Pair-wise Comparison Chart to Determine Weighting for Main Objective Categories

Table 3 Hierarchal Customer Needs List

1 Performance (023) 11 Transport one passenger 12 Sufficient storage space and capacity 13 Function in a variety of environments 14 Easy to Operate 15 Operate at sufficient speeds 16 Operate for a duration of a typical outing

2 Environmental Impact and Energy Efficiency (013) 21 Environmentally friendly and energy efficient 22 Utilize human power as back-up source

3 Portability (008) 31 Deployable by one person 32 Transported without the use of a trailer

4 Reliability (026) 41 Durable 42 Easy to maintain 43 Resist damage caused by water-born debris

5 Safety (030) 51 Comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

6

Table 4 Ranking of Specific Needs Based on Importance

Need Need Importance

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage space and capacity 3 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a variety of environments 3 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar to existing watercraft 2

16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the duration of a typical fishing outing 1

21 The watercraft should have an environmentally friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1

22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a back-up power source 4 31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed by one person 2

32 The watercraft should be able to be transported without the use of a trailer 2

41 The watercraft should be durable 2 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by water-born debris 2

30 Revised Needs Statement With continued research customer feedback and benchmarking a revised needs statement was proposed

With fossil fuel dependency and environmental impact at the forefront of current societal issues a goal for a more energy-efficient and environmentally-friendly propulsion system for watercraft has been recognized In following this goal as well as the current trend of personal watercraft for anglers there is a need for a one-person watercraft that is tailored toward anglers and utilizes both mechanical and human power This watercraft must be safe energy efficient environmentally friendly reliable and lightweight while demonstrating appropriate speed endurance and utility

Conducting preliminary interviews pertaining to the original needs statement allowed a specific group to be targeted as the users of this watercraft Based on these findings new interview questions were written to target the angling community The interviews also provided vital information about what customers expect in a product Benchmarking provided basic input on existing watercraft and energy alternatives that are applicable toward the need From here the original needs statement was revised and target specifications were determined

7

31 Target Specifications Energy Efficiency amp Environmental Impact The watercraft should demonstrate an efficient use of energy and minimal environmental impact

o Based on the course-wide consensus to address the current energy situation Capacity The watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbs

o Based on the 95th percentile male described as being 6rsquo 2rdquo tall and 267 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Based on the customer survey with 30 lbs being the highest of the top three survey results for cargo capacity

o A ldquocomfortable fitrdquo will be determined by testing a broad range of body types Speed The watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditions

o Based on the customer survey that had 5-10 mph the highest range of speeds

o Electric trolling motor benchmarks had similar speed ranges

o ldquoCalm conditionsrdquo is defined as negligible wind and waves Duration of Usage The propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or recharging

o Varying weather and water conditions make any specified range for the watercraft impractical Consequently the duration of usage will be the specification that dictates the energy supply required

o Customer interviews resulted in run times ranging between 2 and 6 hours Deployment The watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraft

o Based on the assumption that the watercraft will have warning labels that depict lifting assembly hazards recommend lifting assembly procedures and recommend that smaller users have help assembling the watercraft components

8

o Based on the assumption developed from experimentation by the female team members that a 50th percentile female can safely and repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft

o Based on the 50th percentile female described as being 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Benchmarked watercrafts accommodate one passenger and are less than 100 lbs

o Benchmarked watercrafts have removable motors and batteries to help decrease the weight that must be lifted

Size All of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH

o Customer survey results showed widths between the wheel wells of truck beds ranging between 3 frac12 ft and 4 frac12 ft

o Building or buying a trailer is not feasible due to the constraints of laboratory space and additional costs incurred

Laws amp Regulations The watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

o Based on the Ohio Revised Code the watercraft must

be inspected by a watercraft officer to receive a HIN display accordingly

have a valid registration display tags accordingly

display identification number accordingly

have one Type I II or III personal floatation device per watercraft occupant

o Based on US Code and Ohio Revised Code the watercraft should

carry a US coast guard approved distress flag and daynight distress signals

incorporate a lanyard-type engine cutoff switch 32 Design Criteria The watercraft must not only meet the target specifications but also fulfill the following design criteria

bull The watercraftrsquos propulsion system should be less than or equal to 10 Hp such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

bull The watercraft should be less than 14 ft long such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

9

bull The watercraft should be easy to operate

bull The watercraft should accelerate from rest to the maximum speed in a time duration that would be acceptable to the customers (approximately 10 seconds)

bull The watercraft should have an alternative method of propulsion in the event of the mechanical propulsion systemrsquos failure

bull The watercraft should be safe with sufficient stability to reduce the chance that the passenger fall overboard

bull The watercraft should be weather resistant for both storage and transportation purposes

bull The watercraft should resist damage from water-born debris and partially-to-fully-submerged obstacles as well as resist damage during transportation

bull The watercraft should be aesthetically pleasing

bull The watercraft should be designed and manufactured such that a full production version of the watercraft could be priced competitively

40 External Search The process of developing a product involves research and insight into the needs of customers and similar products currently on the market Therefore research was done on the environmental impact of traditional outboard motors as well as on similar alternatively fueled watercraft Hull design powering and propulsion methods were also researched Several patents were found pertaining to the specific needs statements and are shown below with a brief description Research was also performed on Ohio state regulations and will be performed on other statersquos regulations involving safety and licensing of watercraft Regulations depend on the size and power of the watercraft being used so further research will be performed into regulations as the process continues The following is the list of similar product patents US 7047901

Hydrofoil boat large enough for one person to sit or stand on and powered by an electric motor and a battery system The one person watercraft as well as the electric motor and battery system are ideas being considered in this project US 6855016

Incorporates solar power and human kinetic power for electrical power generation and storage for the propulsion system This watercraft illustrates different power sources that may be useful to this project

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 2: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

2

Table of Contents 10 Introduction 3

11 Initial Needs Statement 3 20 Customer Needs Assessment 3

21 Weighting of Customer Needs 4 30 Revised Needs Statement 6

31 Target Specifications 7 32 Design Criteria 8

40 External Search 9 41 Benchmarking 10

50 Concept Generation 13 51 Problem Clarification 13 52 Concept Generation 14

521 Power Plant Options 15 522 Hull Configurations 18 523 Delighters 19

60 Concept Selection 19 61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 19

611 Power Calculations and Analysis 19 612 Electric Motor Analysis 26 613 DC Battery Analysis 28 614 Human Power Analysis 33 615 Buoyancy Analysis 35

62 Concept Screening 35 621 Customer Feedback Process 35 622 Concept Screening Process 37 63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 39 631 Human Power Selection 39 632 Hull Selection 39 633 Selected Concept 40 634 Cost Feasibility 41 70 Final Design 42 701 Propulsion System 47 702 Hull System 55 703 Transportation 70 71 Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials 71 72 How Does it Work 71 721 Storage and Transportation 71 722 Assembly 73 723 Propulsion System 76 73 How is it Made 81 80 Conclusion 91 References 100 Appendix A Customer Survey 103 Appendix B Business Opportunity Statement 104 Appendix C FMEA Worksheets 106 Appendix D Individual Component Analyses 117

Greg Kremer
Note
Good job on the Table of Contents

3

10 Introduction Marine pollution by personal watercraft is often overlooked when discussing pollution However one 2-stroke outboard motor running for seven hours can pollute more than an average car driven 100000 miles (Better Boating) When considering the fact that 713 million Americans participate in recreational boating (National Marine Manufacturer 2006) 75 of which using 2-stroke motors (Blue Water Network 2006) the pollution produced due to these engines becomes a serious problem Oil spill dispersants are toxic to marine plants and animals They impair breathing in fish and reduce the amount of oxygen in water (University of California) Conventional 2-stroke motors allow 20-30 of their fuel to go directly to the air or water (Massachusetts 2006) One quart of oil can form a film over a body of water 2 acres in size (California Department of Waterways) Looking at these facts it is not difficult to see that recreational boating causes serious harm to marine environments Due to the environmental hazards recreational boating creates it is logical to pursue a development in this area that addresses the issue of pollution and fuel efficiency With the proper design a personal watercraft could be produced that is attractive to anglers and other recreational boaters 11 Initial Needs Statement With the steady increase in recreational boating the goal of decreasing Americarsquos oil dependency and the current efficiency and environmental deficiencies for watercraft there is a need to make watercraft more environmentally-friendly and energy-efficient To reach this goal there is a need for a 1-seat demonstration watercraft that could fill a niche market and be used to demonstrate the technology to watercraft manufacturing companies This scaled demonstration watercraft must be safe energy efficient environmentally friendly and reliable while demonstrating appropriate speed endurance and payload capacity 20 Customer Needs Assessment Multiple interviewing and observing methods were used to assess the customer needs These methods were aimed at finding information from two different groups of users recreational boaters and fishermen Forty-three interviews and surveys were compiled to obtain information on customer needs Sample interview questions can be seen in Appendix A Data was collected as individuals and reviewed as a team to create the initial customer needs list shown in Table 1

4

Table 1 Initial Customer Needs List Obtained from Interviews and Observations

21 Weighting of Customer Needs Weighting can help in making design decisions by determining what needs are more important than others If one need conflicts with another the need that carries the most weight will supersede the other either partially or fully in the design Table 2 shows the generic needs list and their weights relative to one another The analytical hierarchy process (AHP) was used to weight the needs Table 3 shows the needs and their AHP rankings in this hierarchy Although the purpose of this project is to address the environmental and energy issues related to recreational boating that issue received a lower rating than performance reliability and safety This is due to the fact that the customer research showed environmental impact and energy efficiency to be less important to the customer than performance reliability and safety This makes sense in that if a watercraft is not safe and cannot perform the duties required by the customer energy efficiency will not weigh into their purchasing decision However most customers did state that as long as the desired performance was achieved a more environmentally friendly and energy efficient watercraft would be desirable In Table 3 each general need was divided up into components that are used to accomplish the task of fulfilling the general need These needs were then ranked on a one to five scale based on importance one being very important and five being the least important These rankings can be seen in Table 4 The rankings were determined by the team members coming to a consensus on each ranking based on customer interviews and engineering experience

Transport one person Sufficient storage space Functional in multiple environments Easy to Operate Operate for duration of a typical fishing outing Mechanically driven propeller Human power as back-up power source Reliable Portable by one person Easy of load on and off truck Durable Easy to maintain Resist damage to water-born debris Meet Federal and Ohio state laws and regulations Low noise Safe

5

Table 2 AHP Pair-wise Comparison Chart to Determine Weighting for Main Objective Categories

Table 3 Hierarchal Customer Needs List

1 Performance (023) 11 Transport one passenger 12 Sufficient storage space and capacity 13 Function in a variety of environments 14 Easy to Operate 15 Operate at sufficient speeds 16 Operate for a duration of a typical outing

2 Environmental Impact and Energy Efficiency (013) 21 Environmentally friendly and energy efficient 22 Utilize human power as back-up source

3 Portability (008) 31 Deployable by one person 32 Transported without the use of a trailer

4 Reliability (026) 41 Durable 42 Easy to maintain 43 Resist damage caused by water-born debris

5 Safety (030) 51 Comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

6

Table 4 Ranking of Specific Needs Based on Importance

Need Need Importance

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage space and capacity 3 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a variety of environments 3 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar to existing watercraft 2

16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the duration of a typical fishing outing 1

21 The watercraft should have an environmentally friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1

22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a back-up power source 4 31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed by one person 2

32 The watercraft should be able to be transported without the use of a trailer 2

41 The watercraft should be durable 2 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by water-born debris 2

30 Revised Needs Statement With continued research customer feedback and benchmarking a revised needs statement was proposed

With fossil fuel dependency and environmental impact at the forefront of current societal issues a goal for a more energy-efficient and environmentally-friendly propulsion system for watercraft has been recognized In following this goal as well as the current trend of personal watercraft for anglers there is a need for a one-person watercraft that is tailored toward anglers and utilizes both mechanical and human power This watercraft must be safe energy efficient environmentally friendly reliable and lightweight while demonstrating appropriate speed endurance and utility

Conducting preliminary interviews pertaining to the original needs statement allowed a specific group to be targeted as the users of this watercraft Based on these findings new interview questions were written to target the angling community The interviews also provided vital information about what customers expect in a product Benchmarking provided basic input on existing watercraft and energy alternatives that are applicable toward the need From here the original needs statement was revised and target specifications were determined

7

31 Target Specifications Energy Efficiency amp Environmental Impact The watercraft should demonstrate an efficient use of energy and minimal environmental impact

o Based on the course-wide consensus to address the current energy situation Capacity The watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbs

o Based on the 95th percentile male described as being 6rsquo 2rdquo tall and 267 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Based on the customer survey with 30 lbs being the highest of the top three survey results for cargo capacity

o A ldquocomfortable fitrdquo will be determined by testing a broad range of body types Speed The watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditions

o Based on the customer survey that had 5-10 mph the highest range of speeds

o Electric trolling motor benchmarks had similar speed ranges

o ldquoCalm conditionsrdquo is defined as negligible wind and waves Duration of Usage The propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or recharging

o Varying weather and water conditions make any specified range for the watercraft impractical Consequently the duration of usage will be the specification that dictates the energy supply required

o Customer interviews resulted in run times ranging between 2 and 6 hours Deployment The watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraft

o Based on the assumption that the watercraft will have warning labels that depict lifting assembly hazards recommend lifting assembly procedures and recommend that smaller users have help assembling the watercraft components

8

o Based on the assumption developed from experimentation by the female team members that a 50th percentile female can safely and repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft

o Based on the 50th percentile female described as being 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Benchmarked watercrafts accommodate one passenger and are less than 100 lbs

o Benchmarked watercrafts have removable motors and batteries to help decrease the weight that must be lifted

Size All of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH

o Customer survey results showed widths between the wheel wells of truck beds ranging between 3 frac12 ft and 4 frac12 ft

o Building or buying a trailer is not feasible due to the constraints of laboratory space and additional costs incurred

Laws amp Regulations The watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

o Based on the Ohio Revised Code the watercraft must

be inspected by a watercraft officer to receive a HIN display accordingly

have a valid registration display tags accordingly

display identification number accordingly

have one Type I II or III personal floatation device per watercraft occupant

o Based on US Code and Ohio Revised Code the watercraft should

carry a US coast guard approved distress flag and daynight distress signals

incorporate a lanyard-type engine cutoff switch 32 Design Criteria The watercraft must not only meet the target specifications but also fulfill the following design criteria

bull The watercraftrsquos propulsion system should be less than or equal to 10 Hp such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

bull The watercraft should be less than 14 ft long such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

9

bull The watercraft should be easy to operate

bull The watercraft should accelerate from rest to the maximum speed in a time duration that would be acceptable to the customers (approximately 10 seconds)

bull The watercraft should have an alternative method of propulsion in the event of the mechanical propulsion systemrsquos failure

bull The watercraft should be safe with sufficient stability to reduce the chance that the passenger fall overboard

bull The watercraft should be weather resistant for both storage and transportation purposes

bull The watercraft should resist damage from water-born debris and partially-to-fully-submerged obstacles as well as resist damage during transportation

bull The watercraft should be aesthetically pleasing

bull The watercraft should be designed and manufactured such that a full production version of the watercraft could be priced competitively

40 External Search The process of developing a product involves research and insight into the needs of customers and similar products currently on the market Therefore research was done on the environmental impact of traditional outboard motors as well as on similar alternatively fueled watercraft Hull design powering and propulsion methods were also researched Several patents were found pertaining to the specific needs statements and are shown below with a brief description Research was also performed on Ohio state regulations and will be performed on other statersquos regulations involving safety and licensing of watercraft Regulations depend on the size and power of the watercraft being used so further research will be performed into regulations as the process continues The following is the list of similar product patents US 7047901

Hydrofoil boat large enough for one person to sit or stand on and powered by an electric motor and a battery system The one person watercraft as well as the electric motor and battery system are ideas being considered in this project US 6855016

Incorporates solar power and human kinetic power for electrical power generation and storage for the propulsion system This watercraft illustrates different power sources that may be useful to this project

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 3: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

3

10 Introduction Marine pollution by personal watercraft is often overlooked when discussing pollution However one 2-stroke outboard motor running for seven hours can pollute more than an average car driven 100000 miles (Better Boating) When considering the fact that 713 million Americans participate in recreational boating (National Marine Manufacturer 2006) 75 of which using 2-stroke motors (Blue Water Network 2006) the pollution produced due to these engines becomes a serious problem Oil spill dispersants are toxic to marine plants and animals They impair breathing in fish and reduce the amount of oxygen in water (University of California) Conventional 2-stroke motors allow 20-30 of their fuel to go directly to the air or water (Massachusetts 2006) One quart of oil can form a film over a body of water 2 acres in size (California Department of Waterways) Looking at these facts it is not difficult to see that recreational boating causes serious harm to marine environments Due to the environmental hazards recreational boating creates it is logical to pursue a development in this area that addresses the issue of pollution and fuel efficiency With the proper design a personal watercraft could be produced that is attractive to anglers and other recreational boaters 11 Initial Needs Statement With the steady increase in recreational boating the goal of decreasing Americarsquos oil dependency and the current efficiency and environmental deficiencies for watercraft there is a need to make watercraft more environmentally-friendly and energy-efficient To reach this goal there is a need for a 1-seat demonstration watercraft that could fill a niche market and be used to demonstrate the technology to watercraft manufacturing companies This scaled demonstration watercraft must be safe energy efficient environmentally friendly and reliable while demonstrating appropriate speed endurance and payload capacity 20 Customer Needs Assessment Multiple interviewing and observing methods were used to assess the customer needs These methods were aimed at finding information from two different groups of users recreational boaters and fishermen Forty-three interviews and surveys were compiled to obtain information on customer needs Sample interview questions can be seen in Appendix A Data was collected as individuals and reviewed as a team to create the initial customer needs list shown in Table 1

4

Table 1 Initial Customer Needs List Obtained from Interviews and Observations

21 Weighting of Customer Needs Weighting can help in making design decisions by determining what needs are more important than others If one need conflicts with another the need that carries the most weight will supersede the other either partially or fully in the design Table 2 shows the generic needs list and their weights relative to one another The analytical hierarchy process (AHP) was used to weight the needs Table 3 shows the needs and their AHP rankings in this hierarchy Although the purpose of this project is to address the environmental and energy issues related to recreational boating that issue received a lower rating than performance reliability and safety This is due to the fact that the customer research showed environmental impact and energy efficiency to be less important to the customer than performance reliability and safety This makes sense in that if a watercraft is not safe and cannot perform the duties required by the customer energy efficiency will not weigh into their purchasing decision However most customers did state that as long as the desired performance was achieved a more environmentally friendly and energy efficient watercraft would be desirable In Table 3 each general need was divided up into components that are used to accomplish the task of fulfilling the general need These needs were then ranked on a one to five scale based on importance one being very important and five being the least important These rankings can be seen in Table 4 The rankings were determined by the team members coming to a consensus on each ranking based on customer interviews and engineering experience

Transport one person Sufficient storage space Functional in multiple environments Easy to Operate Operate for duration of a typical fishing outing Mechanically driven propeller Human power as back-up power source Reliable Portable by one person Easy of load on and off truck Durable Easy to maintain Resist damage to water-born debris Meet Federal and Ohio state laws and regulations Low noise Safe

5

Table 2 AHP Pair-wise Comparison Chart to Determine Weighting for Main Objective Categories

Table 3 Hierarchal Customer Needs List

1 Performance (023) 11 Transport one passenger 12 Sufficient storage space and capacity 13 Function in a variety of environments 14 Easy to Operate 15 Operate at sufficient speeds 16 Operate for a duration of a typical outing

2 Environmental Impact and Energy Efficiency (013) 21 Environmentally friendly and energy efficient 22 Utilize human power as back-up source

3 Portability (008) 31 Deployable by one person 32 Transported without the use of a trailer

4 Reliability (026) 41 Durable 42 Easy to maintain 43 Resist damage caused by water-born debris

5 Safety (030) 51 Comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

6

Table 4 Ranking of Specific Needs Based on Importance

Need Need Importance

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage space and capacity 3 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a variety of environments 3 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar to existing watercraft 2

16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the duration of a typical fishing outing 1

21 The watercraft should have an environmentally friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1

22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a back-up power source 4 31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed by one person 2

32 The watercraft should be able to be transported without the use of a trailer 2

41 The watercraft should be durable 2 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by water-born debris 2

30 Revised Needs Statement With continued research customer feedback and benchmarking a revised needs statement was proposed

With fossil fuel dependency and environmental impact at the forefront of current societal issues a goal for a more energy-efficient and environmentally-friendly propulsion system for watercraft has been recognized In following this goal as well as the current trend of personal watercraft for anglers there is a need for a one-person watercraft that is tailored toward anglers and utilizes both mechanical and human power This watercraft must be safe energy efficient environmentally friendly reliable and lightweight while demonstrating appropriate speed endurance and utility

Conducting preliminary interviews pertaining to the original needs statement allowed a specific group to be targeted as the users of this watercraft Based on these findings new interview questions were written to target the angling community The interviews also provided vital information about what customers expect in a product Benchmarking provided basic input on existing watercraft and energy alternatives that are applicable toward the need From here the original needs statement was revised and target specifications were determined

7

31 Target Specifications Energy Efficiency amp Environmental Impact The watercraft should demonstrate an efficient use of energy and minimal environmental impact

o Based on the course-wide consensus to address the current energy situation Capacity The watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbs

o Based on the 95th percentile male described as being 6rsquo 2rdquo tall and 267 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Based on the customer survey with 30 lbs being the highest of the top three survey results for cargo capacity

o A ldquocomfortable fitrdquo will be determined by testing a broad range of body types Speed The watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditions

o Based on the customer survey that had 5-10 mph the highest range of speeds

o Electric trolling motor benchmarks had similar speed ranges

o ldquoCalm conditionsrdquo is defined as negligible wind and waves Duration of Usage The propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or recharging

o Varying weather and water conditions make any specified range for the watercraft impractical Consequently the duration of usage will be the specification that dictates the energy supply required

o Customer interviews resulted in run times ranging between 2 and 6 hours Deployment The watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraft

o Based on the assumption that the watercraft will have warning labels that depict lifting assembly hazards recommend lifting assembly procedures and recommend that smaller users have help assembling the watercraft components

8

o Based on the assumption developed from experimentation by the female team members that a 50th percentile female can safely and repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft

o Based on the 50th percentile female described as being 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Benchmarked watercrafts accommodate one passenger and are less than 100 lbs

o Benchmarked watercrafts have removable motors and batteries to help decrease the weight that must be lifted

Size All of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH

o Customer survey results showed widths between the wheel wells of truck beds ranging between 3 frac12 ft and 4 frac12 ft

o Building or buying a trailer is not feasible due to the constraints of laboratory space and additional costs incurred

Laws amp Regulations The watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

o Based on the Ohio Revised Code the watercraft must

be inspected by a watercraft officer to receive a HIN display accordingly

have a valid registration display tags accordingly

display identification number accordingly

have one Type I II or III personal floatation device per watercraft occupant

o Based on US Code and Ohio Revised Code the watercraft should

carry a US coast guard approved distress flag and daynight distress signals

incorporate a lanyard-type engine cutoff switch 32 Design Criteria The watercraft must not only meet the target specifications but also fulfill the following design criteria

bull The watercraftrsquos propulsion system should be less than or equal to 10 Hp such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

bull The watercraft should be less than 14 ft long such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

9

bull The watercraft should be easy to operate

bull The watercraft should accelerate from rest to the maximum speed in a time duration that would be acceptable to the customers (approximately 10 seconds)

bull The watercraft should have an alternative method of propulsion in the event of the mechanical propulsion systemrsquos failure

bull The watercraft should be safe with sufficient stability to reduce the chance that the passenger fall overboard

bull The watercraft should be weather resistant for both storage and transportation purposes

bull The watercraft should resist damage from water-born debris and partially-to-fully-submerged obstacles as well as resist damage during transportation

bull The watercraft should be aesthetically pleasing

bull The watercraft should be designed and manufactured such that a full production version of the watercraft could be priced competitively

40 External Search The process of developing a product involves research and insight into the needs of customers and similar products currently on the market Therefore research was done on the environmental impact of traditional outboard motors as well as on similar alternatively fueled watercraft Hull design powering and propulsion methods were also researched Several patents were found pertaining to the specific needs statements and are shown below with a brief description Research was also performed on Ohio state regulations and will be performed on other statersquos regulations involving safety and licensing of watercraft Regulations depend on the size and power of the watercraft being used so further research will be performed into regulations as the process continues The following is the list of similar product patents US 7047901

Hydrofoil boat large enough for one person to sit or stand on and powered by an electric motor and a battery system The one person watercraft as well as the electric motor and battery system are ideas being considered in this project US 6855016

Incorporates solar power and human kinetic power for electrical power generation and storage for the propulsion system This watercraft illustrates different power sources that may be useful to this project

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 4: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

4

Table 1 Initial Customer Needs List Obtained from Interviews and Observations

21 Weighting of Customer Needs Weighting can help in making design decisions by determining what needs are more important than others If one need conflicts with another the need that carries the most weight will supersede the other either partially or fully in the design Table 2 shows the generic needs list and their weights relative to one another The analytical hierarchy process (AHP) was used to weight the needs Table 3 shows the needs and their AHP rankings in this hierarchy Although the purpose of this project is to address the environmental and energy issues related to recreational boating that issue received a lower rating than performance reliability and safety This is due to the fact that the customer research showed environmental impact and energy efficiency to be less important to the customer than performance reliability and safety This makes sense in that if a watercraft is not safe and cannot perform the duties required by the customer energy efficiency will not weigh into their purchasing decision However most customers did state that as long as the desired performance was achieved a more environmentally friendly and energy efficient watercraft would be desirable In Table 3 each general need was divided up into components that are used to accomplish the task of fulfilling the general need These needs were then ranked on a one to five scale based on importance one being very important and five being the least important These rankings can be seen in Table 4 The rankings were determined by the team members coming to a consensus on each ranking based on customer interviews and engineering experience

Transport one person Sufficient storage space Functional in multiple environments Easy to Operate Operate for duration of a typical fishing outing Mechanically driven propeller Human power as back-up power source Reliable Portable by one person Easy of load on and off truck Durable Easy to maintain Resist damage to water-born debris Meet Federal and Ohio state laws and regulations Low noise Safe

5

Table 2 AHP Pair-wise Comparison Chart to Determine Weighting for Main Objective Categories

Table 3 Hierarchal Customer Needs List

1 Performance (023) 11 Transport one passenger 12 Sufficient storage space and capacity 13 Function in a variety of environments 14 Easy to Operate 15 Operate at sufficient speeds 16 Operate for a duration of a typical outing

2 Environmental Impact and Energy Efficiency (013) 21 Environmentally friendly and energy efficient 22 Utilize human power as back-up source

3 Portability (008) 31 Deployable by one person 32 Transported without the use of a trailer

4 Reliability (026) 41 Durable 42 Easy to maintain 43 Resist damage caused by water-born debris

5 Safety (030) 51 Comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

6

Table 4 Ranking of Specific Needs Based on Importance

Need Need Importance

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage space and capacity 3 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a variety of environments 3 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar to existing watercraft 2

16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the duration of a typical fishing outing 1

21 The watercraft should have an environmentally friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1

22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a back-up power source 4 31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed by one person 2

32 The watercraft should be able to be transported without the use of a trailer 2

41 The watercraft should be durable 2 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by water-born debris 2

30 Revised Needs Statement With continued research customer feedback and benchmarking a revised needs statement was proposed

With fossil fuel dependency and environmental impact at the forefront of current societal issues a goal for a more energy-efficient and environmentally-friendly propulsion system for watercraft has been recognized In following this goal as well as the current trend of personal watercraft for anglers there is a need for a one-person watercraft that is tailored toward anglers and utilizes both mechanical and human power This watercraft must be safe energy efficient environmentally friendly reliable and lightweight while demonstrating appropriate speed endurance and utility

Conducting preliminary interviews pertaining to the original needs statement allowed a specific group to be targeted as the users of this watercraft Based on these findings new interview questions were written to target the angling community The interviews also provided vital information about what customers expect in a product Benchmarking provided basic input on existing watercraft and energy alternatives that are applicable toward the need From here the original needs statement was revised and target specifications were determined

7

31 Target Specifications Energy Efficiency amp Environmental Impact The watercraft should demonstrate an efficient use of energy and minimal environmental impact

o Based on the course-wide consensus to address the current energy situation Capacity The watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbs

o Based on the 95th percentile male described as being 6rsquo 2rdquo tall and 267 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Based on the customer survey with 30 lbs being the highest of the top three survey results for cargo capacity

o A ldquocomfortable fitrdquo will be determined by testing a broad range of body types Speed The watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditions

o Based on the customer survey that had 5-10 mph the highest range of speeds

o Electric trolling motor benchmarks had similar speed ranges

o ldquoCalm conditionsrdquo is defined as negligible wind and waves Duration of Usage The propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or recharging

o Varying weather and water conditions make any specified range for the watercraft impractical Consequently the duration of usage will be the specification that dictates the energy supply required

o Customer interviews resulted in run times ranging between 2 and 6 hours Deployment The watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraft

o Based on the assumption that the watercraft will have warning labels that depict lifting assembly hazards recommend lifting assembly procedures and recommend that smaller users have help assembling the watercraft components

8

o Based on the assumption developed from experimentation by the female team members that a 50th percentile female can safely and repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft

o Based on the 50th percentile female described as being 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Benchmarked watercrafts accommodate one passenger and are less than 100 lbs

o Benchmarked watercrafts have removable motors and batteries to help decrease the weight that must be lifted

Size All of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH

o Customer survey results showed widths between the wheel wells of truck beds ranging between 3 frac12 ft and 4 frac12 ft

o Building or buying a trailer is not feasible due to the constraints of laboratory space and additional costs incurred

Laws amp Regulations The watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

o Based on the Ohio Revised Code the watercraft must

be inspected by a watercraft officer to receive a HIN display accordingly

have a valid registration display tags accordingly

display identification number accordingly

have one Type I II or III personal floatation device per watercraft occupant

o Based on US Code and Ohio Revised Code the watercraft should

carry a US coast guard approved distress flag and daynight distress signals

incorporate a lanyard-type engine cutoff switch 32 Design Criteria The watercraft must not only meet the target specifications but also fulfill the following design criteria

bull The watercraftrsquos propulsion system should be less than or equal to 10 Hp such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

bull The watercraft should be less than 14 ft long such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

9

bull The watercraft should be easy to operate

bull The watercraft should accelerate from rest to the maximum speed in a time duration that would be acceptable to the customers (approximately 10 seconds)

bull The watercraft should have an alternative method of propulsion in the event of the mechanical propulsion systemrsquos failure

bull The watercraft should be safe with sufficient stability to reduce the chance that the passenger fall overboard

bull The watercraft should be weather resistant for both storage and transportation purposes

bull The watercraft should resist damage from water-born debris and partially-to-fully-submerged obstacles as well as resist damage during transportation

bull The watercraft should be aesthetically pleasing

bull The watercraft should be designed and manufactured such that a full production version of the watercraft could be priced competitively

40 External Search The process of developing a product involves research and insight into the needs of customers and similar products currently on the market Therefore research was done on the environmental impact of traditional outboard motors as well as on similar alternatively fueled watercraft Hull design powering and propulsion methods were also researched Several patents were found pertaining to the specific needs statements and are shown below with a brief description Research was also performed on Ohio state regulations and will be performed on other statersquos regulations involving safety and licensing of watercraft Regulations depend on the size and power of the watercraft being used so further research will be performed into regulations as the process continues The following is the list of similar product patents US 7047901

Hydrofoil boat large enough for one person to sit or stand on and powered by an electric motor and a battery system The one person watercraft as well as the electric motor and battery system are ideas being considered in this project US 6855016

Incorporates solar power and human kinetic power for electrical power generation and storage for the propulsion system This watercraft illustrates different power sources that may be useful to this project

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 5: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

5

Table 2 AHP Pair-wise Comparison Chart to Determine Weighting for Main Objective Categories

Table 3 Hierarchal Customer Needs List

1 Performance (023) 11 Transport one passenger 12 Sufficient storage space and capacity 13 Function in a variety of environments 14 Easy to Operate 15 Operate at sufficient speeds 16 Operate for a duration of a typical outing

2 Environmental Impact and Energy Efficiency (013) 21 Environmentally friendly and energy efficient 22 Utilize human power as back-up source

3 Portability (008) 31 Deployable by one person 32 Transported without the use of a trailer

4 Reliability (026) 41 Durable 42 Easy to maintain 43 Resist damage caused by water-born debris

5 Safety (030) 51 Comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

6

Table 4 Ranking of Specific Needs Based on Importance

Need Need Importance

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage space and capacity 3 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a variety of environments 3 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar to existing watercraft 2

16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the duration of a typical fishing outing 1

21 The watercraft should have an environmentally friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1

22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a back-up power source 4 31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed by one person 2

32 The watercraft should be able to be transported without the use of a trailer 2

41 The watercraft should be durable 2 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by water-born debris 2

30 Revised Needs Statement With continued research customer feedback and benchmarking a revised needs statement was proposed

With fossil fuel dependency and environmental impact at the forefront of current societal issues a goal for a more energy-efficient and environmentally-friendly propulsion system for watercraft has been recognized In following this goal as well as the current trend of personal watercraft for anglers there is a need for a one-person watercraft that is tailored toward anglers and utilizes both mechanical and human power This watercraft must be safe energy efficient environmentally friendly reliable and lightweight while demonstrating appropriate speed endurance and utility

Conducting preliminary interviews pertaining to the original needs statement allowed a specific group to be targeted as the users of this watercraft Based on these findings new interview questions were written to target the angling community The interviews also provided vital information about what customers expect in a product Benchmarking provided basic input on existing watercraft and energy alternatives that are applicable toward the need From here the original needs statement was revised and target specifications were determined

7

31 Target Specifications Energy Efficiency amp Environmental Impact The watercraft should demonstrate an efficient use of energy and minimal environmental impact

o Based on the course-wide consensus to address the current energy situation Capacity The watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbs

o Based on the 95th percentile male described as being 6rsquo 2rdquo tall and 267 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Based on the customer survey with 30 lbs being the highest of the top three survey results for cargo capacity

o A ldquocomfortable fitrdquo will be determined by testing a broad range of body types Speed The watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditions

o Based on the customer survey that had 5-10 mph the highest range of speeds

o Electric trolling motor benchmarks had similar speed ranges

o ldquoCalm conditionsrdquo is defined as negligible wind and waves Duration of Usage The propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or recharging

o Varying weather and water conditions make any specified range for the watercraft impractical Consequently the duration of usage will be the specification that dictates the energy supply required

o Customer interviews resulted in run times ranging between 2 and 6 hours Deployment The watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraft

o Based on the assumption that the watercraft will have warning labels that depict lifting assembly hazards recommend lifting assembly procedures and recommend that smaller users have help assembling the watercraft components

8

o Based on the assumption developed from experimentation by the female team members that a 50th percentile female can safely and repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft

o Based on the 50th percentile female described as being 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Benchmarked watercrafts accommodate one passenger and are less than 100 lbs

o Benchmarked watercrafts have removable motors and batteries to help decrease the weight that must be lifted

Size All of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH

o Customer survey results showed widths between the wheel wells of truck beds ranging between 3 frac12 ft and 4 frac12 ft

o Building or buying a trailer is not feasible due to the constraints of laboratory space and additional costs incurred

Laws amp Regulations The watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

o Based on the Ohio Revised Code the watercraft must

be inspected by a watercraft officer to receive a HIN display accordingly

have a valid registration display tags accordingly

display identification number accordingly

have one Type I II or III personal floatation device per watercraft occupant

o Based on US Code and Ohio Revised Code the watercraft should

carry a US coast guard approved distress flag and daynight distress signals

incorporate a lanyard-type engine cutoff switch 32 Design Criteria The watercraft must not only meet the target specifications but also fulfill the following design criteria

bull The watercraftrsquos propulsion system should be less than or equal to 10 Hp such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

bull The watercraft should be less than 14 ft long such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

9

bull The watercraft should be easy to operate

bull The watercraft should accelerate from rest to the maximum speed in a time duration that would be acceptable to the customers (approximately 10 seconds)

bull The watercraft should have an alternative method of propulsion in the event of the mechanical propulsion systemrsquos failure

bull The watercraft should be safe with sufficient stability to reduce the chance that the passenger fall overboard

bull The watercraft should be weather resistant for both storage and transportation purposes

bull The watercraft should resist damage from water-born debris and partially-to-fully-submerged obstacles as well as resist damage during transportation

bull The watercraft should be aesthetically pleasing

bull The watercraft should be designed and manufactured such that a full production version of the watercraft could be priced competitively

40 External Search The process of developing a product involves research and insight into the needs of customers and similar products currently on the market Therefore research was done on the environmental impact of traditional outboard motors as well as on similar alternatively fueled watercraft Hull design powering and propulsion methods were also researched Several patents were found pertaining to the specific needs statements and are shown below with a brief description Research was also performed on Ohio state regulations and will be performed on other statersquos regulations involving safety and licensing of watercraft Regulations depend on the size and power of the watercraft being used so further research will be performed into regulations as the process continues The following is the list of similar product patents US 7047901

Hydrofoil boat large enough for one person to sit or stand on and powered by an electric motor and a battery system The one person watercraft as well as the electric motor and battery system are ideas being considered in this project US 6855016

Incorporates solar power and human kinetic power for electrical power generation and storage for the propulsion system This watercraft illustrates different power sources that may be useful to this project

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 6: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

6

Table 4 Ranking of Specific Needs Based on Importance

Need Need Importance

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage space and capacity 3 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a variety of environments 3 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar to existing watercraft 2

16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the duration of a typical fishing outing 1

21 The watercraft should have an environmentally friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1

22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a back-up power source 4 31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed by one person 2

32 The watercraft should be able to be transported without the use of a trailer 2

41 The watercraft should be durable 2 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by water-born debris 2

30 Revised Needs Statement With continued research customer feedback and benchmarking a revised needs statement was proposed

With fossil fuel dependency and environmental impact at the forefront of current societal issues a goal for a more energy-efficient and environmentally-friendly propulsion system for watercraft has been recognized In following this goal as well as the current trend of personal watercraft for anglers there is a need for a one-person watercraft that is tailored toward anglers and utilizes both mechanical and human power This watercraft must be safe energy efficient environmentally friendly reliable and lightweight while demonstrating appropriate speed endurance and utility

Conducting preliminary interviews pertaining to the original needs statement allowed a specific group to be targeted as the users of this watercraft Based on these findings new interview questions were written to target the angling community The interviews also provided vital information about what customers expect in a product Benchmarking provided basic input on existing watercraft and energy alternatives that are applicable toward the need From here the original needs statement was revised and target specifications were determined

7

31 Target Specifications Energy Efficiency amp Environmental Impact The watercraft should demonstrate an efficient use of energy and minimal environmental impact

o Based on the course-wide consensus to address the current energy situation Capacity The watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbs

o Based on the 95th percentile male described as being 6rsquo 2rdquo tall and 267 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Based on the customer survey with 30 lbs being the highest of the top three survey results for cargo capacity

o A ldquocomfortable fitrdquo will be determined by testing a broad range of body types Speed The watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditions

o Based on the customer survey that had 5-10 mph the highest range of speeds

o Electric trolling motor benchmarks had similar speed ranges

o ldquoCalm conditionsrdquo is defined as negligible wind and waves Duration of Usage The propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or recharging

o Varying weather and water conditions make any specified range for the watercraft impractical Consequently the duration of usage will be the specification that dictates the energy supply required

o Customer interviews resulted in run times ranging between 2 and 6 hours Deployment The watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraft

o Based on the assumption that the watercraft will have warning labels that depict lifting assembly hazards recommend lifting assembly procedures and recommend that smaller users have help assembling the watercraft components

8

o Based on the assumption developed from experimentation by the female team members that a 50th percentile female can safely and repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft

o Based on the 50th percentile female described as being 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Benchmarked watercrafts accommodate one passenger and are less than 100 lbs

o Benchmarked watercrafts have removable motors and batteries to help decrease the weight that must be lifted

Size All of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH

o Customer survey results showed widths between the wheel wells of truck beds ranging between 3 frac12 ft and 4 frac12 ft

o Building or buying a trailer is not feasible due to the constraints of laboratory space and additional costs incurred

Laws amp Regulations The watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

o Based on the Ohio Revised Code the watercraft must

be inspected by a watercraft officer to receive a HIN display accordingly

have a valid registration display tags accordingly

display identification number accordingly

have one Type I II or III personal floatation device per watercraft occupant

o Based on US Code and Ohio Revised Code the watercraft should

carry a US coast guard approved distress flag and daynight distress signals

incorporate a lanyard-type engine cutoff switch 32 Design Criteria The watercraft must not only meet the target specifications but also fulfill the following design criteria

bull The watercraftrsquos propulsion system should be less than or equal to 10 Hp such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

bull The watercraft should be less than 14 ft long such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

9

bull The watercraft should be easy to operate

bull The watercraft should accelerate from rest to the maximum speed in a time duration that would be acceptable to the customers (approximately 10 seconds)

bull The watercraft should have an alternative method of propulsion in the event of the mechanical propulsion systemrsquos failure

bull The watercraft should be safe with sufficient stability to reduce the chance that the passenger fall overboard

bull The watercraft should be weather resistant for both storage and transportation purposes

bull The watercraft should resist damage from water-born debris and partially-to-fully-submerged obstacles as well as resist damage during transportation

bull The watercraft should be aesthetically pleasing

bull The watercraft should be designed and manufactured such that a full production version of the watercraft could be priced competitively

40 External Search The process of developing a product involves research and insight into the needs of customers and similar products currently on the market Therefore research was done on the environmental impact of traditional outboard motors as well as on similar alternatively fueled watercraft Hull design powering and propulsion methods were also researched Several patents were found pertaining to the specific needs statements and are shown below with a brief description Research was also performed on Ohio state regulations and will be performed on other statersquos regulations involving safety and licensing of watercraft Regulations depend on the size and power of the watercraft being used so further research will be performed into regulations as the process continues The following is the list of similar product patents US 7047901

Hydrofoil boat large enough for one person to sit or stand on and powered by an electric motor and a battery system The one person watercraft as well as the electric motor and battery system are ideas being considered in this project US 6855016

Incorporates solar power and human kinetic power for electrical power generation and storage for the propulsion system This watercraft illustrates different power sources that may be useful to this project

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 7: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

7

31 Target Specifications Energy Efficiency amp Environmental Impact The watercraft should demonstrate an efficient use of energy and minimal environmental impact

o Based on the course-wide consensus to address the current energy situation Capacity The watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbs

o Based on the 95th percentile male described as being 6rsquo 2rdquo tall and 267 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Based on the customer survey with 30 lbs being the highest of the top three survey results for cargo capacity

o A ldquocomfortable fitrdquo will be determined by testing a broad range of body types Speed The watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditions

o Based on the customer survey that had 5-10 mph the highest range of speeds

o Electric trolling motor benchmarks had similar speed ranges

o ldquoCalm conditionsrdquo is defined as negligible wind and waves Duration of Usage The propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or recharging

o Varying weather and water conditions make any specified range for the watercraft impractical Consequently the duration of usage will be the specification that dictates the energy supply required

o Customer interviews resulted in run times ranging between 2 and 6 hours Deployment The watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraft

o Based on the assumption that the watercraft will have warning labels that depict lifting assembly hazards recommend lifting assembly procedures and recommend that smaller users have help assembling the watercraft components

8

o Based on the assumption developed from experimentation by the female team members that a 50th percentile female can safely and repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft

o Based on the 50th percentile female described as being 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Benchmarked watercrafts accommodate one passenger and are less than 100 lbs

o Benchmarked watercrafts have removable motors and batteries to help decrease the weight that must be lifted

Size All of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH

o Customer survey results showed widths between the wheel wells of truck beds ranging between 3 frac12 ft and 4 frac12 ft

o Building or buying a trailer is not feasible due to the constraints of laboratory space and additional costs incurred

Laws amp Regulations The watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

o Based on the Ohio Revised Code the watercraft must

be inspected by a watercraft officer to receive a HIN display accordingly

have a valid registration display tags accordingly

display identification number accordingly

have one Type I II or III personal floatation device per watercraft occupant

o Based on US Code and Ohio Revised Code the watercraft should

carry a US coast guard approved distress flag and daynight distress signals

incorporate a lanyard-type engine cutoff switch 32 Design Criteria The watercraft must not only meet the target specifications but also fulfill the following design criteria

bull The watercraftrsquos propulsion system should be less than or equal to 10 Hp such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

bull The watercraft should be less than 14 ft long such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

9

bull The watercraft should be easy to operate

bull The watercraft should accelerate from rest to the maximum speed in a time duration that would be acceptable to the customers (approximately 10 seconds)

bull The watercraft should have an alternative method of propulsion in the event of the mechanical propulsion systemrsquos failure

bull The watercraft should be safe with sufficient stability to reduce the chance that the passenger fall overboard

bull The watercraft should be weather resistant for both storage and transportation purposes

bull The watercraft should resist damage from water-born debris and partially-to-fully-submerged obstacles as well as resist damage during transportation

bull The watercraft should be aesthetically pleasing

bull The watercraft should be designed and manufactured such that a full production version of the watercraft could be priced competitively

40 External Search The process of developing a product involves research and insight into the needs of customers and similar products currently on the market Therefore research was done on the environmental impact of traditional outboard motors as well as on similar alternatively fueled watercraft Hull design powering and propulsion methods were also researched Several patents were found pertaining to the specific needs statements and are shown below with a brief description Research was also performed on Ohio state regulations and will be performed on other statersquos regulations involving safety and licensing of watercraft Regulations depend on the size and power of the watercraft being used so further research will be performed into regulations as the process continues The following is the list of similar product patents US 7047901

Hydrofoil boat large enough for one person to sit or stand on and powered by an electric motor and a battery system The one person watercraft as well as the electric motor and battery system are ideas being considered in this project US 6855016

Incorporates solar power and human kinetic power for electrical power generation and storage for the propulsion system This watercraft illustrates different power sources that may be useful to this project

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 8: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

8

o Based on the assumption developed from experimentation by the female team members that a 50th percentile female can safely and repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft

o Based on the 50th percentile female described as being 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs in the Anthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999-2002 published by the National Center for Health Care Statistics

o Benchmarked watercrafts accommodate one passenger and are less than 100 lbs

o Benchmarked watercrafts have removable motors and batteries to help decrease the weight that must be lifted

Size All of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH

o Customer survey results showed widths between the wheel wells of truck beds ranging between 3 frac12 ft and 4 frac12 ft

o Building or buying a trailer is not feasible due to the constraints of laboratory space and additional costs incurred

Laws amp Regulations The watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulations

o Based on the Ohio Revised Code the watercraft must

be inspected by a watercraft officer to receive a HIN display accordingly

have a valid registration display tags accordingly

display identification number accordingly

have one Type I II or III personal floatation device per watercraft occupant

o Based on US Code and Ohio Revised Code the watercraft should

carry a US coast guard approved distress flag and daynight distress signals

incorporate a lanyard-type engine cutoff switch 32 Design Criteria The watercraft must not only meet the target specifications but also fulfill the following design criteria

bull The watercraftrsquos propulsion system should be less than or equal to 10 Hp such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

bull The watercraft should be less than 14 ft long such that Ohiorsquos training and title requirements are not applicable

9

bull The watercraft should be easy to operate

bull The watercraft should accelerate from rest to the maximum speed in a time duration that would be acceptable to the customers (approximately 10 seconds)

bull The watercraft should have an alternative method of propulsion in the event of the mechanical propulsion systemrsquos failure

bull The watercraft should be safe with sufficient stability to reduce the chance that the passenger fall overboard

bull The watercraft should be weather resistant for both storage and transportation purposes

bull The watercraft should resist damage from water-born debris and partially-to-fully-submerged obstacles as well as resist damage during transportation

bull The watercraft should be aesthetically pleasing

bull The watercraft should be designed and manufactured such that a full production version of the watercraft could be priced competitively

40 External Search The process of developing a product involves research and insight into the needs of customers and similar products currently on the market Therefore research was done on the environmental impact of traditional outboard motors as well as on similar alternatively fueled watercraft Hull design powering and propulsion methods were also researched Several patents were found pertaining to the specific needs statements and are shown below with a brief description Research was also performed on Ohio state regulations and will be performed on other statersquos regulations involving safety and licensing of watercraft Regulations depend on the size and power of the watercraft being used so further research will be performed into regulations as the process continues The following is the list of similar product patents US 7047901

Hydrofoil boat large enough for one person to sit or stand on and powered by an electric motor and a battery system The one person watercraft as well as the electric motor and battery system are ideas being considered in this project US 6855016

Incorporates solar power and human kinetic power for electrical power generation and storage for the propulsion system This watercraft illustrates different power sources that may be useful to this project

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 9: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

9

bull The watercraft should be easy to operate

bull The watercraft should accelerate from rest to the maximum speed in a time duration that would be acceptable to the customers (approximately 10 seconds)

bull The watercraft should have an alternative method of propulsion in the event of the mechanical propulsion systemrsquos failure

bull The watercraft should be safe with sufficient stability to reduce the chance that the passenger fall overboard

bull The watercraft should be weather resistant for both storage and transportation purposes

bull The watercraft should resist damage from water-born debris and partially-to-fully-submerged obstacles as well as resist damage during transportation

bull The watercraft should be aesthetically pleasing

bull The watercraft should be designed and manufactured such that a full production version of the watercraft could be priced competitively

40 External Search The process of developing a product involves research and insight into the needs of customers and similar products currently on the market Therefore research was done on the environmental impact of traditional outboard motors as well as on similar alternatively fueled watercraft Hull design powering and propulsion methods were also researched Several patents were found pertaining to the specific needs statements and are shown below with a brief description Research was also performed on Ohio state regulations and will be performed on other statersquos regulations involving safety and licensing of watercraft Regulations depend on the size and power of the watercraft being used so further research will be performed into regulations as the process continues The following is the list of similar product patents US 7047901

Hydrofoil boat large enough for one person to sit or stand on and powered by an electric motor and a battery system The one person watercraft as well as the electric motor and battery system are ideas being considered in this project US 6855016

Incorporates solar power and human kinetic power for electrical power generation and storage for the propulsion system This watercraft illustrates different power sources that may be useful to this project

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 10: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

10

US 7047902 Electrically driven solar charged watercraft which provides an innovative solar canopy ventilation system Again the power sources might be relevant to the scope of the project US 6868938 Noise-reducing engine with noise-reducing insulation layer The noise-reducing engine could be beneficial to the project in that the low noise level avoids disturbing wildlife US 6837176 Hull designed to hydroplane on top of the water when the vessel is moving at high speeds and displace the water surface at low speeds This design could be applicable but is most likely infeasible for the scope of this project 41 Benchmarking Benchmarking was performed to find watercraft that closely fit the needs statement and desired market This process allows the design team to see similar products for ideas as well as to avoid potential pitfalls The benchmarks were then compared to each other based on their fulfillment of the customer requirements This comparison can be seen in Table 5 where one dot represents the lowest rating and five dots represent a good fulfillment of customer requirements

The Bobcat Mag II (Bobcat Boats 2007) can be seen in Figure 1 This boat is a single passenger electric fishing boat that is 12 ft 4 in long 40 in wide and 105 in deep It weighs 95 pounds and includes an electric motor which supplies 30 pounds of thrust and also has either a 100 amp or 130 amp deep cycle battery The boat has a maximum speed of 8 mph and a cruising speed of 5 mph

Figure 1 Bobcat Mag II

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 11: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

11

Figure 2 The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat

The Trout Unlimited Rogue River Pontoon Boat (Cabelas 2007) is a one passenger oar rowed pontoon boat with adjustable foot rests It has a weight of 90 lbs at 108 in long 56 in wide and 30 in tall It has a carrying capacity of 400 lbs and has a fold down wheel for easy transportation

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 12: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

12

Table 5 Benchmark Comparisons to Customer Requirements

Need Need Imp

Bob

cat M

ag II

The

Blu

e R

ibbo

n

Bas

s H

unte

r EX

Boa

t w M

inn

Kot

a En

dura

30

Mot

or

Trou

t Unl

imite

d R

ogue

Riv

er

Pont

oon

Boa

t

The

Dec

avita

tor

11 The watercraft should transport one passenger 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull12 The watercraft should have sufficient storage

space and capacity 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 13 The watercraft should be able to function in a

variety of environments 3 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbull 14 The watercraft should be easy to operate 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 15 The watercraft should operate at speeds similar

to existing watercraft 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull16 The watercraft should be able to operate for the

duration of a typical fishing outing 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bull 21 The watercraft should have an environmentally

friendly and energy efficient propulsion system 1 bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull22 The watercraft should utilize human power as a

back-up power source 4 bullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull31 The watercraft should be able to be deployed

by one person 2 bullbullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 32 The watercraft should be able to be transported

without the use of a trailer 2 bullbullbull bull bull bullbullbullbullbull bull 41 The watercraft should be durable 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbull 42 The watercraft should be easy to maintain 2 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbull 43 The watercraft should resist damage caused by

water-born debris 2 bullbullbullbull bullbullbull bullbullbullbull bullbullbullbull bull 51 The watercraft should comply with all federal

and Ohio state laws and regulations 1 bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull bullbullbullbullbull

The Decavitator (Decavitator 2007) is a one passenger human powered watercraft with a pontoon hull hydrofoils 10 ft diameter propeller (air) bicycle-style pedals and semi-recumbent seat This watercraft set the world record for speed at 185 knots for a human powered watercraft It has a weight of 48 lbs at 20ft long 8 ft wide and 6 ft tall

The Bass Hunter EX Boat (Bass Hunter 2007) is a two person fishing boat that is 114 in long and 48 in wide It has a 550 lb capacity and is adaptable for either a 5 hp motor or an electric trolling motor It has foam-filled pontoons that provide excellent stability

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 13: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

13

50 Concept Generation 51 Problem Clarification A power-flow model was utilized in this project to describe the inputs outputs and variables of the watercraft being designed Figure 3 is a generic power-flow model that focuses on the source-to-thrust power delivery of the propulsion system Following the target specifications described in the pervious section both a general power source and human power are represented in the model as the sources of power for the watercraft However the two power sources are not necessarily in parallel as they appear in the figure User input dictates the use of power to develop the thrust needed to move the watercraft The external loads include the drag caused by the water and the air as well as the weight of the watercraft passenger and cargo The internal loads include mechanical losses and the efficiency of the power distribution throughout all aspects of the propulsion system Federal and Ohio laws and regulations will dictate the maximum size of the power source to be 10 Hp Furthermore the overall efficiency and environmental impact of the watercraft must be considered

Figure 3 Power-Flow Model for Problem Clarification 52 Concept Generation The concept generation process involved brainstorming and screening performed as both individuals and as a team Individual concepts for overall design and sub level

Power Source

Power Converters

Transmissions and Drive Trains

User Inputs System Controls

External and Internal Loads

Efficiency Environmental

Impact

Safety Laws and

Regulations

Human Power

Thrust

Auxiliaries and Accessories

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 14: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

14

components were formed and then brought to the team to allow for improvements and integration of feasible ideas After initial system level concepts were generated the team was divided into hull mechanical power and human power groups to gain specialized knowledge about these specific subsystems The hull group explored different hull types and noted advantages and disadvantages of each design The mechanical power group looked into potential power sources to drive the propeller of the watercraft The human power group looked into the pros and cons of series or parallel power generation and human power generation capabilities Ideas and explanations were then brought to the main team to select the best concepts for each subsystem This collaboration process then resulted in the selection of a final concept Figure 4 shows the process used for selecting the best concepts The key steps in the process were Enhance amp Merge and Reflection In the Enhance amp Merge step of the process the team made ideas more feasible and creative by improving and integrating individual ideas The reflection step of the process was necessary to ensure the generated solutions were well received by the customers and met the target specifications and design criteria for the project This step was also critical in ensuring each idea was feasible within the scope of this project Once the final design is generated and positive customer feedback is received the process moves towards prototyping and manufacturing

Figure 4 Conceptual Design Process

Individual Brainstorming

Group Discussion

Individual Rating

Detail Design

Prototype

Manufacture

Group Screening

Enhance amp Merge

Best Concept

Reflection

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 15: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft

15

521 Power Plant Options Internal Combustion Engine

Gasoline Gasoline is a reliable power source but is a large contributor of pollution in marine environments Using a gasoline engine does not address the energy situation and defeats the purpose of making an energy efficient vehicle E85 E85 is a mixture of 85 ethanol and 15 gasoline and is considered an alternative fuel While E85 burns cleaner than gasoline it ultimately will not solve the environmental issues associated with boating As with the gasoline outboard motor exhaust goes directly into the water and the issue of noise pollution is not addressed Also the infrastructure for E85 is not prevalent enough to be a feasible alternative fuel for this watercraft

Due to the fact that neither an internal combustion engine burning gasoline nor E85 will address the target specification concerning environmental impact the watercraft power plant was defaulted to an electric motor Later sections in this report will not contain information calculations or analysis relating to internal combustion engines because that power plant option was eliminated at this stage in conceptual design Electric Motor

Batteries Batteries provide a reliable power source to drive the motor Batteries also help to reduce noise pollution and eliminate exhaust and fuel spillage when used to power an electric motor that drives the propeller They are heavy relative to other power sources and are typically recharged with electricity produced by burning fossil fuels Solar Solar energy is free but cannot provide enough energy to power the watercraft directly Solar panels are also expensive and are typically only reliable in sunny climates

Human Power

Paddle Power Paddles or oars are the first form of human power that comes to mind when personal watercraft are being discussed Oars are a good option for reliability reasons but can sometimes be difficult to manage when fishing Series Hybrid The human-electric series hybrid incorporates both human power and electric power Figure 5 shows a conceptual drawing of the series hybrid system In a series hybrid the human pedals to power an electric generator that charges a battery system which in turn powers the motor The advantages of this system are the ability to pedal while the watercraft is at rest in order to store energy for use during movement the ability to deliver power at a more constant rate and reduced mechanical complications The disadvantage of the series hybrid is the loss of efficiency due to energy conversion from human to battery to motor Figure 6 shows a diagram of the power flow for the human-electric series hybrid

16

Figure 5 Series Hybrid

Figure 6 Human-Electric Series Hybrid Power Flow

Integrated Parallel Hybrid The integrated parallel hybrid allows the use of human power whenever needed Figure 7 shows a conceptual drawing of the integrated parallel system The integrated parallel hybrid connects the human power output and the motor directly to the same propeller via a driveshaft This is advantageous because the watercraft can be propelled even after the batteries have been depleted The disadvantage is that propellers are designed differently for human power than motor power As a result it will be difficult to maximize the performance of both power sources Figure 8 shows the power flow diagram for the human-electric parallel hybrid

Battery

Controller

Electric Motor

Human Power

Generator

Driveshaft Propeller

17

Figure 7 Integrated Parallel Hybrid

Figure 8 Human-Electric Integrated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

Independent Parallel Hybrid The independent parallel hybrid consists of human power element that is completely separate of the electric motor Figure 9 shows a conceptual drawing of this system This design involves two separate propellers The human power system will be able to fold up to reduce extra drag in the water The advantages of this system are that the separate propellers allow for both systems to be maximized and that the power system that is not in use will fold up out of the water do reduce drag The disadvantage is that the human power system could crowd the deck of the watercraft Figure 10 shows the power flow diagram for the separated parallel hybrid

Human Power

Transmission

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

18

Figure 9 Independent Parallel Hybrid

Figure 10 Human-Electric Separated Parallel Hybrid Power Flow

522 Hull Configurations Mono-hull Mono-hull designs offer high buoyancy plenty of on board storage and the ability to cut through waves However a mono-hull would require a trailer and limits collapsibility both detrimental to one person deployment Dual-hull Dual-hull designs offer increased stability and can enter shallow waters Pontoons the typical form of a dual-hull are much easier to build and aid the implementation of collapsibility and the application of both mechanical and human power The pontoon design will allow attached propulsion systems to be put in the water without having to make holes in the hull of the watercraft Listed below are different pontoon designs that were considered

Human Power

DriveshaftPropeller

Battery

Driveshaft Propeller

Electric Motor

Controller

19

Plain Cylinder This design is the most common pontoon in the boating industry The plain cylinder design has the shape of a circle when looking at a section view When size and space are not an issue this design works well providing plenty of buoyancy as long as the pontoon keeps its upper half out of the water Catamaran This designrsquos goal is to cut through the water with ease and reach high speeds with minimal drag The downside of the catamaran design is the limited buoyancy provided by each pontoon Due to the more narrow design for cutting through waves the surface area in contact with the water is limited on the bottom side of the pontoon U-Shaped This is a new design in pontoon technology which is meant to supply extra buoyancy per pontoon Instead of a complete cylinder the pontoon has a cylindrical bottom up to the mid-point where it meets vertical walls going straight up forming a U shape The U-shaped pontoon provides a larger volume creating more buoyancy per pontoon (JC Pontoon 2006)

523 Delighters Many aspects of this project are unique to the market and will distinguish this product from other similar products These include

Collapsibility Incorporating collapsibility into the product design has the potential to increase marketability without necessarily increasing product cost This is also a key feature in transportation and storage as the product can be transported without a trailer and will take up less room in storage than other products Individual Deployment Since this watercraft is made for one person it makes sense that it be easily deployed by one person At a manageable weight a collapsible watercraft is maneuverable and can access bodies of water without conventional launch sites Incorporating wheels into the design could be a key feature for maneuverability and deployment of the watercraft

60 Concept Selection

61 Data and Calculations for Feasibility and Effectiveness Analysis 611 Power Calculations and Analysis Power calculations for the watercraft were performed to determine the amount of power required to meet the target specifications and design criteria of this project The calculations assumed the overall weight to be 600 lbs which accounted for 300 lbs of watercraft hull and 300 lbs for both the passenger and cargo As stated in the target specifications and design criteria the power calculations were performed for the watercraft accelerating to a 5 mph cruising speed in 10 seconds According to Newtonrsquos Second Law the sum of the forces is equal to the mass times acceleration Figure 11

20

shows the free body diagram of the watercraft with the positive direction of movement indicated to the left

Watercraft Hull

Passenger

FD Water

FD Air

FB

FD Air

FD Water FTH

WTotal

ma

PropellerAssembly

Figure 11 Free Body Diagram for the Watercraft

The force moving the watercraft forward is the thrust Fth generated by the propulsion system The water and air acting against the forward motion of the watercraft are represented by the drag forces Fd as indicated The drag force was calculated using Equation 1 where ρ is density of the fluid medium CD is the coefficient of drag A is the reference area of the object and U is the velocity

2

21 AUCF DD ρ= (Equation 1)

The drag force due to the air was a combination of the drag due to the passenger and the watercraft hull In the case of the passenger the coefficient of drag was assumed to be 110 and the reference area was assumed to be 55 ft2 (Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 2006) The coefficients of drag used to calculate the drag force due to the air on the watercraft hull was determined from a coefficient of drag chart using a calculated Reynolds number The Reynolds number was calculated using Equation 2 where U is the velocity D is the characteristic dimension (typically diameter) and ν is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid medium

21

υUD

=Re (Equation 2)

Figure 12 shows the relationship between the coefficient of drag and Reynolds number for various shapes ranging from a flat plate perpendicular to the flow of the fluid to a flat plate parallel to the flow The pontoons were assumed to be cylindrical in shape 8 feet long and 15 feet in diameter with a corresponding diameter-to-length ratio of 01875 As shown in Figure 12 an ellipse is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 05 and an airfoil is considered to have a diameter-to-length ratio of 018 Thus the pontoons were assumed to have a curve similar in shape to that of the ellipse but shifted downward and flattened to resemble that of the airfoil The red drag line in Figure 12 is the hand drawn estimation of the pontoonrsquos characteristics and all coefficients of drag for the watercraft hull were determined graphically from that line

Figure 12 Coefficients of Drag According to Reynolds Number for

Various Shapes with Estimated Drag Line for the Pontoon Shape (Munson Young and Okiishi)

The drag force due to the water was a combination of the drag due to the watercraft hull and the submerged propeller assembly The coefficient of drag was determined by the same method as for the air and the drag force was determined using Equation 1 The

22

drag forces when totaled together were then used to calculate the thrust according to Equation 3 which was derived from Newtonrsquos Second Law

maFFTotalDTH =minus (Equation 3)

The thrust requirements were determined for a range of speeds as listed in Table 6

Table 6 Total Thrust Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Thrust Required to Overcome Drag Forces and Accelerate to the

Specified Velocity

[mph] [N] [lbf] 3 11180 2513

4 16629 3738

5 22939 5157

6 30111 6769

7 38143 8575

8 47037 10574

9 56792 12767

10 67408 15154

The power requirements of achieving the calculated thrusts were a function of the propellerrsquos ability to convert rotational motion into a force Thus the power requirements must take into account both the torque created by centrifugal force and the torque created by the thrust Figure 13 depicts the forces that contribute to the total torque of the propulsion system (HydroComp Technical Report 2007)

23

Figure 13 Force Diagram of a Typical Propeller The propeller was assumed to have geometry similar to that of trolling motor propeller which is flat in shape However to allow the propeller to be representative of both trolling motor propellers and regular propellers the rake and pitch angles were assumed to be 10deg The rake angle describes the tilt of the propeller blades away from the gear case The pitch angle describes the orientation of the propeller blades with respect to the rotational axis of the gear case Trolling motor propellers being flat in their geometry would have a rake and pitch angles of 0deg The rotational speed of the propeller was assumed to be 1750 rpm and accounted for a gear reduction of 20 between the motor and the propeller The centrifugal force was calculated using Equation 4 where m is the mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades and at is the centripetal acceleration

tlCentrifuga maF = (Equation 4) The mass of the water displaced by the propeller blades was estimated by assuming that the propeller is a cylinder with a smaller cylinder representing the gear case removed from the center The interrupted nature of the propeller blade arrangement led to the volume of the aforementioned cylinder being multiplied by ⅓ Thus the mass of the displaced water was assumed to be the calculated volume multiplied by the density of water or 000176 slugs The centripetal acceleration was calculated using Equation 5 where vt is the tangential velocity and r is the radius of the propeller (3 inches)

24

rv

a tt

2

= (Equation 5)

The tangential velocity was calculated using Equation 6 where ω is the angular velocity (18326 rads equiv 1750 rpm) and r is radius mentioned above

ωrvt = (Equation 6) The centrifugal force was determined to be 1479 lbs The horizontal component of this force determined to be 257 lbs was then used in the torque calculations The torque was calculated using Equation 7 where FCentrifugal is the centrifugal force and l is the length of the lever arm where the force is acting (225 inches equiv frac34middotr) The lever arm length was used instead of the propeller radius because the ldquotear droprdquo shape of the propeller blades means that the force does not act at the very tip

lFT lCentrifugalCentrifuga = (Equation 7) The torque due to the centrifugal force was determined to be 578 in-lbs Similarly to the torque due to the centrifugal force the torque due to the thrust was calculated using Equation 7 The power required to overcome the torque of the propulsion system was then calculated using Equation 8 where T is either the torque due to the centrifugal force or the torque due to the thrust and ω is the angular velocity from above

ωTP = (Equation 8) Table 7 shows the power requirements associated with the both the centrifugal force and the thrust as well as the total power requirements These power requirements were determined for a range of speeds

25

Table 7 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft for Various Speeds

Velocity Power Due to the Thrust Torque

Power Due to the Centrifugal Torque

Total Power

[mph] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] [W] [Hp] 3 20647 0277 11968 0160 32615 0437

4 30709 0412 11968 0160 42678 0572

5 42363 0568 11968 0160 54331 0729

6 55606 0746 11968 0160 67575 0906

7 70440 0945 11968 0160 82409 1105

8 86865 1165 11968 0160 98833 1325

9 104880 1406 11968 0160 116848 1567

10 124485 1669 11968 0160 136453 1830

Table 8 shows the power requirements taking into account the overall system efficiency The efficiency of the electric motor was estimated at 90 which is typical of brush-less electric motors The system losses were estimated at 10 taking into account the mechanical power transmission losses and the electrical power transmission losses Thus the overall efficiency was 80 Figure 14 depicts the power requirements and thrust requirements of the watercraft propulsion system according the watercraft speed

Table 8 Total Power Requirements of the Watercraft at 80 Efficiency for Various Speeds

Velocity Total Power at 80

Efficiency

[mph] [W] [Hp] 3 40768 0547 4 53347 0715 5 67914 0911 6 84468 1133 7 103011 1381 8 123541 1657 9 146060 1959

10 170566 2287

26

000

025

050

075

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Watercraft Velocity U [mph]

Pow

er R

equi

red

P [

hp]

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Thru

st R

equi

red

FTH

[lb

s]

Power Thrust

Figure 14 Power and Thrust Required as a Function of the Watercraft Velocity

To achieve a velocity of 5 mph with in an acceleration period of 10 seconds starting from rest the propulsion system requires 52 lbs of thrust and 0911 hp When sizing the propulsion system it would appropriate to examine 10 hp electric motors that are sufficient to be coupled with a propeller assembly that is capable of generating approximately 55 lbs of thrust 612 Electric Motor Analysis Before looking into different types of power supplies electric motors needed to be researched to determine the voltage and current requirements needed to meet our power output requirements Table 9 compares the key aspects of four electric motors that fit the needs of the project The table looks at the weight voltage requirements max current draw and the max power output of each particular motor

27

Table 9 Electric Motor Comparison (Robot Marketplace 2006) (Electric Vehicles 2006)

Etek ADC Perm DampDVoltage 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 24 ndash 48 V 36 ndash 48 VCurrent Draw 330 Amps ------ 200 Amps 125 Amps

Weight 208 lbs ------ 248 lbs 540 lbsCost $500 $520 $956 $590Max HP 15 38 151 61Efficiency ------ ------ 886 ------ When initially comparing the given motors it is easy to see that the Etek electric motor best fits the needs of this project It has the highest power output and is very light weight which meets two of the important design specifications for any watercraft The power output of an electric motor is a function of current and voltage The angular velocity of a DC motor is proportional to the voltage of the system and the torque output of the motor is proportional to the current draw Drawing a large current from the voltage supply will produce the most power from an electric motor since the voltage is usually fixed to 12 24 36 or 48 volt configurations (Electric Motor 2006) The power of an electric motor is given by Equation 9

P = IV (Equation 9)

Table 10 shows how the relation between current and voltage can change the power output of an electric motor

28

Table 10 Power Output of Motor Depending on Voltage and Current

Current

Draw [A]

24 V 36 V 48 V

30 087 HP 130 HP 174 HP 40 116 174 232 50 145 217 290 60 174 261 348 70 203 304 406 80 232 348 463 90 261 391 521 100 290 434 579 110 319 478 637 120 348 521 695 130 377 565 753 140 406 608 811 150 434 652 869

613 DC Battery Analysis Lead Acid Deep Cycle Batteries Lead-Acid batteries are electrical storage devices made from a combination of lead plates and an electrolyte The electrolyte is a diluted sulfuric acid and is used to convert electrical energy into potential energy and vise-versa The battery uses a reversible chemical reaction in order to store energy Deep Cycle batteries have thicker lead plates that help them to handle larger amounts of discharge This doesnrsquot allow them to dispense charge as quickly but it does allow it for longer periods of time (How Lead Acid 2007) NIMH Deep Cycle Batteries

Nickel metal hydride (NiMH) batteries are made up of nickel for the cathode and a hydrogen absorbing alloy for the anode The reaction that occurs in a NiMH battery is explained by the following equation

H2O + Mm + 2eminus harr OHminus + 05H2 (stored as Mm-Hx)

The battery is charged in the right direction and discharged in the left direction With NiMH batteries overcharge is not as much of a safety concern as Lead-Acid batteries but it can diminish the long term life of the battery (Nickel Metal Hydride 2007) Table 11 looks at the comparison between the two types of batteries previously discussed

29

Table 11 Battery Property Comparison

Properties Lead Acid NIMH Energy-to-weight 30-40 Whrkg 30-80 Whrkg Power-to-weight 180 Wkg 250-1000 Wkg ChargeDischarge Efficiencies 70-92 66 Cycle Durability 500-800 Cycles 500-1000 Cycles Nominal Cell Voltage 20 V 12 V

A decision matrix was used in order to choose which battery type to use to supply power to our electric motor The key arearsquos looked at when choosing a battery type were weight energy density cost efficiency and cycle durability Table 12 shows the results that were concluded from this method

Table 12 Battery Type Decision Matrix

It was determined that the watercraft will use lead-acid batteries to supply power to the motor The specific battery brand and configuration will be selected later on in the design process Voltage amp hours weight and cost are the key aspects of DC batteries in the scope of this project The key drivers used in the selection process of DC batteries were amp hours and cost After initial battery research was completed nickel metal hydride batteries were eliminated as an option Table 13 compares 4 batteries that meet the teamrsquos cost and amp hour restrictions Please note that these batteries were only chosen to perform preliminary calculations showing runtime in relation to current draw Section 701 shows further battery selection

30

Table 13 Battery Comparison (Apex Battery 2006)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW Amp Hr 325 361 27 31 Voltage 12 12 12 12 Weight 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs 24 lbs Cost $8695 $10995 $18999 $10995 The key aspect of the motor that different types of batteries affect is the runtime Batteries are designed with a specific amp hour capacity which is the amount of current that can be drawn from the battery in one hour before the stored energy is completely drained Equation 10 was used to calculate the run time an electric motor

wCurrentDrasofBatterieAmpHrRunTime )()(

= (Equation 10)

Figure 15 demonstrates the affect that current draw has on the run times for the same batteries compared in Table 11 It is important to note that the figure is created to demonstrate the situation of four 12 volt batteries connected in series This allows for the most current to be drawn from the system because it makes the total voltage 48 volts where with 4 batteries in parallel would only make the total voltage 12 volts The graph also shows the run time for each battery run until 100 discharge this should not be done when actually running the motor because the life cycles of the battery is dictated by the percent of the batteryrsquos capacity that was depleted

31

000

050

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

Deka 8AU1 Deka 8GU1 Odyssey 8GU-1HW

Figure 15 Motor Run Time

The total voltage of the power source that the current is being drawn from also affects the run time of the electric motor Figure 16 demonstrates the motor run times for a voltage source of 12 24 36 and 48 volts The figure utilizes the Deka 8AU1 battery with a 33 amp hour characteristic This battery was used to demonstrate the current and voltage effects on run time and is not the final battery selection for the watercraft

32

00

05

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Current Draw (A)

Run

Tim

e (h

rs)

12 V 24 V 36 V 48V

Figure 16 Voltage Source Effect on Motor Run Time

Figure 17 shows the affect that percent discharge has on the cycle life of the Deka DC batteries utilized for Figure 16 This figure is for demonstration only and does not indicate that the Deka battery is the final selection DC batteries are not supposed to be completely discharged when in use because it greatly reduces the cycle life of the battery Therefore some method of power measurement should be used to supplement the use of the batteries and help to maintain battery life

33

Figure 17 Discharge Effect on Battery Life (Power Up 2006)

The power supply arrangement will have both positive and negative effects on the output of the motor the run time of the motor and the weight of the watercraft The preceding research and calculations has shown that the best arrangement for this project would be a 48 volt system Research has also shown that the Etek motor would be well suited for the mechanical power system The Etek motor has the highest power to weight ratio along with the lowest cost This motor and battery arrangement will allow the watercraft to meet the power requirements needed to obtain the speed and run time requirements of the target specifications and design criteria 614 Human Power Analysis Figures 18 and 19 compare sustainable power level of humans (in horse power and watts) to duration From Figure 17 it was determined that a healthy human is capable of producing 022 horsepower for two hours at a rate that will result in total exhaustion At a pedal time of one hour 029 horsepower could be produced assuming the peddler would be operating at maximum human output At one half hour 035 horsepower can be produced (at maximum human output) From the power calculations shown in section 611 it was determined that 22 hp would be needed to achieve the desired performance At 22 horsepower over 2 hours the rider would recharge the batteries at most 20 and would then be totally exhausted As a result it does not appear that human power can effectively be used to recharge the batteries

34

Figure 18 Long Term Human Power Capability (Abbott 1984)

Figure 19 Long-duration Human Power Output (Abbott 1984)

35

615 Buoyancy Analysis Preliminary buoyancy calculations were done to estimate the size of the hull and the amount of water it must displace Figure 11 shows a free body diagram of the weight of the hull against the buoyancy force created by the water The buoyant force acting on the watercraft must be equal to the weight of the watercraft for it to stay afloat as shown in Equation 11 The weight of the watercraft is determined to be 600 lbs including passenger and cargo

W = Fb (Equation 11)

The buoyant force is equal to the specific density of the water times the volume of water displaced as shown in Equation 12 The specific density of water is 6243 lbft3

displacedwaterb VF γ= (Equation 12)

Solving Equation 12 for the volume will determine the volume of water that the hull must displace in order to keep the 600 lb watercraft afloat This is shown in Equation 13 which shows that 961 cubic feet of water must be displaced by the hull of the watercraft

3min 4362600ftlbs

lbsVdisplaced

imum = = 961 3ft (Equation 13)

If a pontoon hull is chosen then each pontoon must displace 4805 ft3 It is important to note that this number represents the volume of the hull that will be below the waterline Therefore each pontoon should be at least 961 ft3 in order to ensure stability and keep a safe portion of the pontoon above the water 62 Concept Screening 621 Customer Feedback Process A survey process was used to obtain customer feedback for the different concept designs generated for the watercraft Questions were developed to get clear responses on whether the concepts were appealing and if the customer felt they would use the different features Other questions were used to determine the amount of time customers spent on the water along with how long they would be willing to spend assembling and disassembling the watercraft One of the first questions directed to the customers was whether they would consider purchasing the watercraft based on the conceptual description provided Figure 20 shows the results of this question

36

27

73

Yes

No78

22

Yes

No

86

14

Yes

No

40

35

2203

10 min

20 min

30 min

45 min

more

69

31

Yes

No

Figure 20 Customerrsquos Initial Reaction to Conceptual Design

The results of this question allowed for further investigation into customer desires because a market for the watercraft has been established The customers were then asked if they would buy a watercraft with only human power or if they would use human power for short distances if it was available Figures 21 and 22 show the outcomes of these questions

Figure 21 Purchase Human Power Only Figure 22 Use Optional Human Power After seeing these results it was evident that the watercraft should incorporate human power in the design but not be the sole power source Instead the principal use of human power will be for reliability and short distance travel Figure 23 shows that the customers are interested in collapsibility for portability deployment and storage Figure 24 displays the amount of time customers were willing to spend assembling the watercraft 97 of the answers were less than 30 minutes Figure 23 Customer Interest in Collapsibility Figure 24 Time to Assemble Watercraft

37

40

30

5

10

151 hr

2 hr

3 hr

4 hr

more

32

31

31

6 00-5 mph

5-10 mph

10-15 mph

15-20 mph

20+ mph

These responses show that collapsibility is a key sellable feature for the watercraft with 86 of customers showing interest Because the majority of the customers are willing to spend between 10 and 30 minutes assembling the watercraft it is feasible with proper design that the watercraft can be assembled and disassembled for each fishing trip The customers were then asked the run time and speed at which they run the motor in a typical fishing trip Figure 25 shows the expected run time and Figure 26 shows the cruising speeds Figure 25 Expected Motor Run Time Figure 26 Cruising Speeds It was concluded from the results that the majority of the customerrsquos would be using the watercraft for approximately one or two hours and cruising at a speed of 5-10 mph 622 Concept Screening Process Five power sources were considered that incorporate an electric motor or human power The pros and cons of each power source were determined by the team and are shown below in T-Charts Series Hybrid A series hybrid incorporates human power in order to drive a generator used to recharge the batteries while on the water Table 14 shows the pros and cons of the power source

Table 14 Series Hybrid T-Chart

Pros- Cons-

No complex mechanical linkage for human to drive the propeller

Added weight of the generator

One propeller Generator linkages may interfere with collapsibility

Propeller can be designed for motor speeds

38

Independent Parallel Hybrid

An independent parallel hybrid design uses both mechanical and human power separately to propel the watercraft It also uses different propellers designed specifically for mechanical and human power propulsion In this concept the power source that is not in use would be designed to flip up out of the water to reduce the drag on the watercraft Table 15 shows the pros and cons of this concept

Table 15 Independent Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Two systems designed independent of each other

Added cost and complexity of two propellers

Avoids problem of ill-suited propeller designs

Human power apparatus could be removed and treated as an ldquoavailable optionrdquo

Integrated Parallel Hybrid

An integrated parallel hybrid design allows both mechanical and human power to propel the watercraft using the same propeller This poses a problem because motor powered propellers and human powered propellers are designed differently This design also involves complicated linkages and clutching Table 16 displays the pros and cons of this concept

Table 16 Integrated Parallel Hybrid T-Chart

Pros-

Cons-

Only one propeller Propeller shape must be balanced between human speeds and motor speeds

Marketable design A clutch is needed to drive the propeller with both a motor and human power

Added cost and weight of mechanical linkages

No option of removing the human power apparatus

39

63 Concept Development Scoring and Selection 631 Human Power Selection A weighted scoring chart was used to select the best concept The team generated seven selection criteria ranked and then assigned percentage values correlated to their importance These values were based on team consensus The group used a 1-3 scale (one being the least and three being the greatest) to independently rate the selection criteria of each concept This resulted in weighted scores which were totaled and compared Table 17 shows the results of this comparison

Table 17 Power Source Concept Scoring Chart

Series Hybrid

Parallel Hybrid

(Independent)

Parallel Hybrid

(Integrated)Oars

Paddles Mechanical

Power Only

Human Power Only

Sele

ctio

n C

riter

ia

Wei

ght

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Rat

ing

Wei

ghte

d Sc

ore

Power Output 015 3 045 3 045 2 030 3 045 3 045 1 015

Manufacturability 020 2 040 2 040 1 020 3 060 3 060 2 040

Reliability 020 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 2 040 3 060

Collapsibility 010 2 020 3 030 1 010 3 030 3 030 2 020

Marketability 020 2 040 2 040 3 060 3 060 3 060 1 020

Cost 010 2 020 2 020 1 010 3 030 3 030 3 030

Ease of Use 005 3 015 2 010 2 010 2 010 3 015 2 010

Total Score 220 245 200 295 280 195

Rank 4 3 5 1 2 6

Based on Table 17 the option to use oars to complement the mechanical power was chosen for continued development This system was chosen because it has been proven to work with watercraft throughout history This system also allows the focus of the project to concentrate on collapsibility now that a human power system will not need to be designed 632 Hull Selection Several different hull designs were considered of both the mono-hull and dual-hull types The advantages and disadvantages of the different hulls were discussed with the mono-

40

hull designs raising concerns about potentially having to make holes in the hull to install components of the propulsion system Consequently making these holes water-tight could jeopardize the safety of the passenger and the equipment on the watercraft In addition to the concerns of having to make holes the mono-hull designs had a reduced ability to be collapsed and transported without the use of a trailer It was clear that the mono-hull designs were not able to meet the target specifications and design criteria of the project The dual-hull designs offered more flexibility to the placement of the propulsion systemrsquos components as well as greater stability and safety Furthermore the dual-hull was more conducive to transporting and collapsing the watercraft The pontoons can be shorter than most mono-hulls and because they can be separated will each be lighter than a mono-hull Figure 27 depicts the relationship between the righting arm and heel angle of catamarans (dual-hulls) and mono-hulls The significantly longer righting arm of the dual-hull represents the distance that the passenger can shift their weight within the watercraft and is indicative of the dual-hullrsquos greater stability Consequently because of the clear advantages of the pontoon style over the mono-hull the dual-hull design was chosen for this project

Figure 27 Stability of Catamarans and Mono-hulls (Estimating Stability 2006)

633 Selected Concept To summarize the selected concept is an energy-appropriate personal watercraft powered by an electric motor and batteries capable of delivering 222 Hp to achieve the target specifications and design criteria Figure 28 shows a preliminary 3-D model of the concept The batteries will operate in a 24 V system to achieve the 2 hr run time while providing enough current to achieve the 5 mph maximum speed The human power system will incorporate oars to provide a backup system that addresses the issue of reliability The original selected concept incorporated using human powered pedals to drive a generator which charges the batteries However after further analysis this

41

concept was replaced by oars as the human power source A model of this concept was not constructed thus the original chosen concept is shown in Figure 27 to demonstrate the rest of the selected features The hull will be a ldquodual-haulrdquo composed of two pontoons and a deck The pontoon hull will provide stability and safety for the passenger as well as aid the transportability and collapsibility features mentioned in the deployment and size sections of the target specifications

Figure 28 Preliminary Solid Model of the Selected Concept 634 Cost Feasibility To determine the overall manufacturing cost of the final design the watercraft was broken down into individual components to analyze material and manufacturing costs Vendors were researched to estimate the cost of each sub-component Table 18 shows the estimated manufacturing costs associate with the listed items

Table 18 Estimated Manufacturing Costs

42

These costs were determined through DFMA considerations with respect to labor overhead and equipment costs The final design was analyzed to determine the amount of material needed to manufacture the watercraft This was done in order to minimize material waste and increase productivity Individual sub-components that are being purchased and incorporated in the design were researched to estimate their individual costs Table 19 shows the estimated budget for the final design

Table 19 Final Design Estimated Budget

The final retail cost of the watercraft has been set to $2000 This was determined through benchmarking of similar watercraft in todayrsquos market The manufacturing cost goal for the design is set to $1700 and it is felt that this is a feasible goal due to initial budget estimations not including wholesale discounts and component optimization The retail and manufacturing cost goals will result in a 15 profit margin for the watercraft 70 Final Design With the elimination of the human hybrid feature from the watercraftrsquos design collapsibility and transportability became the focus of this project Further emphasis on this focus was employed by the ME Advisory Board Terry Russell described how 80 of the classrsquos designs have been done and are already available The focus of this watercraft must be on the 20 that represents the productrsquos differentiators Consequently collapsibility and transportability are not only the focus of this watercraft but also the two most significant sellable features According to the customer surveys and research 86 of the respondents would be interested in a collapsible watercraft Many respondents described problems with current products that do not easily or

43

effectively fit in their storage space Respondents also described the hassle of needing a trailer to transport their watercraft The collapsibility of this watercraft will address both the storage and transportation problems of products that are currently available The target specifications of this project state that the watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp To make this possible the components that result from the collapsible design will be of a size and weight that is conducive to transportation Moreover the target specifications state that all of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo volume The components will include

bull 2 deck sub-assemblies

bull 2 pontoon sub-assemblies

bull Trolling motor and foot pedal

bull Chair

bull 2 battery boxes (1 battery inside each)

bull Oars

bull Safety equipment storage box

bull Additional storage box The list above represents the minimum amount of components that the watercraft assembly can be divided into and still be lightweight enough for human transport Figure 29 is a Pareto chart from early in the design process that shows the weights of each watercraftrsquos predicted components as a percentage of the total weight of the watercraft This Pareto chart was created before the trolling motor was selected for the propulsion system and so the propulsion system is still broken down into its separate components (batteries motor propeller assembly controller steering assembly and wiring harness) The fact that the components of the propulsion system represented 50 of the predicted weight of the watercraft resulted in the reduction of the propulsion systemrsquos weight becoming a high priority It was apparent that a reduction in the weight of propulsion system would have the largest effect in reducing the overall weight of the watercraft

44

Pareto Chart of Weight by Component

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

Deck

Pontoo

ns

Batteri

esMoto

r

Propell

er Ass

embly

Controll

er

Steering

Assem

bly Seat

Oars P

addles

Storage M

ountin

g Dev

ices

Emergenc

y Equ

ipmen

t

Wiring H

arnes

s

Component

Perc

enta

ge o

f Wei

ght

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Addi

tive

Wei

ght P

erce

ntag

e

Figure 29 Weight of Watercraft Components

The target specifications assert that a 50th percentile female (approximately 5rsquo 4rdquo tall and 155 lbs) is able to repeatedly carry approximately 50 lbs for a distance of 100 ft As part of mock-up experiment Alicia Konczol verified the grouprsquos assertion about 50th percentile females in a weight-carrying simulation at Ping Recreation Center To supplement this mock-up the revised equation for the design and evaluation of manual lifting tasks was utilized as published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) The NIOSH equation is applicable to 90 of adult males and 75 of adult females which includes the 50th percentile female in the aforementioned target specifications The NIOSH equation includes six multiplier factors to calculate the recommended weight limit (RWL) as shown in Equation 14 (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

CMAMFMDMVMHMLCRWL timestimestimestimestimestimes= (Equation 14) LC represents the load constant of 23 kg (approximately 50 lbs) HM is the horizontal multiplier measuring the distance the object is away from the body and VM is the vertical multiplier measuring the distance of the hands to the ground DM is the distance multiplier which measures the distance that the load travels from its original position to the final position FM is the frequency multiplier which represents a lift being done

45

every five minutes for an hour AM is the asymmetric multiplier which takes into account the angle at which the body must twist or turn during the lift CM is the coupling multiplier which is dictated by the type of grasp the person has on the object All of the distances described in the multipliers are measured in centimeters and are depicted in Figure 30

Figure 30 NIOSH equation multiplier factors (NIOSH Lifting Equation 2007)

Table 20 lists the summary of the results of the NIOSH equation being applied to distances that may be typical of the assembly process of the watercraft The frequency multiplier remained constant to represent a worst case scenario of lifting an object every five minutes for an hour The coupling multiplier also remained constant to represent a good grip being used to lift the object in question The horizontal distance of the object from the userrsquos body varied from 10-14 inches The vertical distance from the hands to the ground varied from 65-72 inches The distance that the load travels varied 10-14 inches at angles ranging between 0deg and 45deg

Table 20 NIOSH Equation Results

LC HM VM DM FM AM CM RWL (kg)

RWL (lbs)

23 0908 0947 0999 100 086 100 169 375 23 0901 0947 0999 100 100 100 198 436 23 0901 0957 0989 100 09 100 178 392 23 0717 0965 0989 100 100 100 157 347 23 0717 0947 0978 100 086 100 131 289

The results show that for the larger movement distances at 45deg the recommended weight limit for lifting is nearly 30 lbs Consequently the design of the watercraft components must be such that their weight is kept in the 30-40 lb range Furthermore the assembly process for the watercraft should take into consideration the weight restrictions that twisting motions have on the amount of weight that can be lifted The results of the

46

NIOSH equation calculations were applied to all of the components of the watercraft to ensure that the users will not injure themselves during the assembly process The weight of the components was addressed throughout the design process by both the choice of materials and by the mass of the components As detailed later in this section the use of both manual analysis and finite element analysis helped to optimize the amount of material used in each component Both the Solid Edge models of the sub-assemblies and benchmarked information of the parts were used to estimate the weights that the user would be lifting Table 21 is a brief summary of the estimated weights in the final design that will be transported and assembled

Table 21 Estimated Sub-assembly and Part Weights

Component Weight per Component

(lbs) Components

per Unit Total

Weight (lbs)

Deck Sub-assembly 38 2 76 Pontoon Sub-assembly 22 2 44 Trolling Motor and Foot Pedal 40 1 40 Chair 15 1 15 Battery Box w Battery 36 2 72 Oars 8 1 8 Safety Equipment Storage Box 15 1 15 Additional Storage Box 15 1 15

Overall Weight 285

Another contributing factor to the one-person deployment collapsibility and transportability aspects of the final design was the ease-of-assembly of the watercraft The watercraft not only had to be lightweight enough to carry but the design had to actively promote proper timely and safe assembly For example the pontoons were designed to be made from low-density foam to minimize the weight that the user must carry from the transportation medium to the assembly site In addition the pontoon frames were designed to smoothly accept the deck sections being mounted to them Thus the pontoon sub-assemblies (the pontoon frames mounted to the pontoon foam) addressed one-person deployment transportability and ease-of-assembly in their design Similarly this design method was applied to all other components of the watercraft to ensure the comfort and safety of the passenger The complete process of designing for assembly is documented in Appendix D in the DFMA reports of the individual part analyses Failure Modes and Effects Analysis An unintended consequence of the collapsibility and transportability features was an added level of complexity to the overall design of the watercraft Consequently FMEA has indicated several aspects of these collapsibility and transportability features that contribute significantly to possible failures in the overall design The nature and severity

47

of these potential failure modes varied widely however a portion of these failure modes were linked to assembly errors that occurred from the user incorrectly or incompletely assembling the watercraft components Part of the solution to these assembly-related failures will be to include an instruction manual with each watercraft which details an assembly procedure and recommends assembly techniques However an instruction manual is only the beginning to addressing all of the failure modes of the watercraft including those unrelated to assembly errors The subsequent sections will discuss the design considerations FMEA considerations and failure analyses that were used to develop the watercraft into the final design shown in Figure 31

Figure 31 Final Watercraft Design

701 Propulsion System The propulsion system consists of the motor batteries wiring and wiring harness FMEA allowed the team to investigate the potential failure modes in this system Table 23 shows a list of the failure modes associated with the propulsion system The ratings shown in Table 22 are based on a team consensus for severity and probability The Risk Priority Number (RPN) was achieved by multiplying the severity and probability together The failure modes shown in bold were chosen by the team to undergo further analysis due to their high RPN numbers FMEA analysis documents can be seen in Appendix C

48

Table 22 Potential Failure Modes for Propulsion System

Trolling Motor Failure of fasteners connecting the motor to the mounting deck is a failure mode that was chosen to undergo further analysis This failure would occur if the fasteners failed resulting in the motor falling off the deck of the boat The severity rating for this failure is a 5 because the mechanical system would be completely inoperable if this failure occurred however the user would probably not be injured under these circumstances A strong market currently exists for the propulsion of watercraft Because of this it was determined that purchasing a motor would be more time and cost effective to the overall design of the watercraft Because the motor is being purchased rather than designed it can be assumed that this failure mode was already addressed by the designer of the motor and motor mount and a probability of occurrence of 2 was given The motor will be mounted directly to the watercraft frame This is the strongest point on the watercraft that the motor can be mounted to As a result it can be assumed that the probability of this failure is low The target specifications for the watercraft require that the propulsion system have the ability to propel the watercraft from rest to its maximum speed of 5 mph in 10 seconds To do this it was calculated that the motor must supply a maximum thrust of 52 lb and power of 92 hp Benchmarking was performed on electric outboard motors and electric trolling motors to determine which would best meet the requirements It was found that electric outboard motors produce power outputs 2 to 3 times more than required while trolling motors produce power outputs equivalent to the requirements It was also found that electric outboard motors cost 15 to 2 times more than trolling motors Through value engineering it was determined that electric trolling motors can meet the requirements at a much lower cost than outboard motors

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

All Systems Components to heavy to carry 5 2 10

Propulsion - batteries Electrical short from water or other means 6 5 30

Propulsion - batteries 100 discharge batteries die 5 4 20

Propulsion - batteries Overcharge batteries during recharging 2 4 8

Propulsion - batteries Chemical corrosion on battery terminals 2 6 12

Propulsion - batteries Environmental conditions cause loss of charge 3 3 9

Propulsion - batteries No charge due to exceeding battery life 5 2 10

Propulsion - controller Incorrect current draw reduced battery life 3 2 6

Propulsion - wire leads Not waterproof water infiltration 6 4 24

Propulsion - wire leads Insulation coverings dry rot and leak 1 4 4

Propulsion - wire leads Damage during assembly abrasions and cuts 5 1 5

Propulsion - wire leads Improper connection of leads to power supply andor batter 5 3 15

Propulsion - motor Motor mount failure 5 1 5

Propulsion - motor - propeller Waterborn debris halts movement of propeller 7 2 14

Propulsion - motor - mounting screws Failure of fasteners connecting motor to deck 5 2 10

49

The motor can be mounted either on the bow (front) or the stern (rear) of the watercraft Several factors went into making this decision Bow-mount motors have a foot pedal that can be used to steer the watercraft This gives the advantage of being able to steer the watercraft ldquohands freerdquo while fishing Bow-mount motors also allow for easier steering than stern-mount because they pull the watercraft rather than pushing it Finally with a stern-mount motor most of the weight would be clustered towards the stern of the watercraft Therefore using a bow-mount motor would allow for better weight distribution thus increasing the overall stability of the watercraft Several companies were consulted to determine a reputable reliable company that can meet the supply needs for the watercraft production Minn Kota was determined to be the best choice because they had a large variety to choose from and could supply a lot of 5000 motors Table 23 shows the bow mount motors that were considered for the watercraft (Minn Kota 2007) The bow mount motors that were consider for this watercraft range from 12 to 24 volt systems The conceptual design for this project called for a 24 volt propulsion system If a 12 volt trolling motor is selected it will require the current draw to be double that of the 24 volt motors in order to meet the power requirements of the project To compensate for decrease in runtime due to this current draw two 12 volt batteries will be used to double the runtime and meet the performance specifications for the project

Table 23 Minn Kota Bow-Mount Motors

Model Volts Thrust Foot Control

Shaft Length Cost

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount 12 40 yes 36 $34299 Minn Kota 45 All-Terrain 12 45 yes 42 $37499 Minn Kota 45 Edge Bow-Mount 12 45 yes 45 $42499 Minn Kota 55 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $67999

Minn Kota 55 AutoPilot 12 55 yes 48 $63999 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 45 $47999 Minn Kota Maxxum 55SC Bow-Mount 12 55 yes 42 $59999

Minn Kota 70 PowerDrivetrade V2 AutoPilot 24 70 yes 54 $83999

Minn Kota Maxxum 70 Bow-Mount 24 70 yes 42 $68999

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount 24 75 yes 45 $61499 Minn Kota 80 AutoPilot 24 80 yes 60 $98999 Minn Kota Maxxum 101 Bow-Mount 36 101 yes 42 $96999

The three highlighted motors were determined to be the best value for their thrust rating Minn Kota has a rule of thumb that 2 lbs of thrust are needed for every 100 lbs of

50

watercraft Therefore the 600 lb maximum weight of the watercraft with passenger would require 12 lb of thrust This allows consideration of the 40 lb thrust motor A decision matrix was compiled to determine the best motor for the watercraft This decision matrix is shown in Table 24

Table 24 Decision Matrix for Selection of Trolling Motor

Minn Kota 40 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount

Minn Kota 70 Edge Bow-Mount

Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Voltage 015 2 03 2 03 2 03 Thrust 040 1 04 3 12 2 08 Weight 010 3 03 3 03 3 03

Cost 035 3 105 2 07 1 035 Total 205 25 175 Continue NO YES NO

Thrust and cost were the two primary determinants in making the decision The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was determined to be the best choice because it was the least expensive motor that met all thrust requirements The Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount trolling motor was chosen for the watercraft Figure 32 shows a picture of this motor This motor meets the 52 lb thrust requirement at a cost of $47999 It will allow for a maximum speed of at least 5 mph and will accelerate to that speed in less than 10 seconds The bow-mount will allow for hands free steering and will distribute the weight thus increasing the stability of the watercraft

51

Figure 32 Minn Kota 55 Edge Bow-Mount Trolling Motor

Batteries

It was determined in Section 6 that the watercraft design would use lead-acid batteries Tables 25 and 26 show the process for the battery selection decision (Apex Battery 2006) Research was done to decide on four batteries to compare using a decision matrix Table 25 compares these batteries with respect to the five important selection criteria of the decision cost weight capacity size and voltage

Table 25 Specific Battery Comparison

Selection CriteriaCostWeightCapacitySizeVoltage 12

$14795385 lbs

55 Amp-Hr9x55x9

$9695305 lbs

50 Amp-hr77x65x72 in

12

$1139524 lbs

83x51x73 in

Doka Solar

UPG Mari

ne

12

325 Amp-Hr

Adventure

113x68x9812

Trojan

NA50 lbs

354 Amp-Hr

When creating the decision matrix the selection criteria was given a weighting determined for each by its importance in the decision A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating for each category It was determined that cost and weight were the most important criteria with respect to its affect on the overall design Also there wasnrsquot a large variance between the volume needed to store the batteries and their potential voltage Table 26 shows the results of this decision

52

Table 26 Battery Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 4 12 2 06 2 06

Weight 030 4 12 3 09 2 06 1 03Capacity (AmpHr) 020 2 04 3 06 4 08 2 04

Size (Ft3) 015 4 06 3 045 3 045 1 015Voltage 005 4 02 4 02 4 02 4 02

Doka Solar

UPG Marin

e

Adventure

33 335

Trojan

165265YES

TotalContinue

After rating each battery with respect to each selection criteria it was decided that we would use UPG Group U1-40 Marine batteries for the final design Figure 33 shows a picture of these batteries Value engineering determined that the UPG Marine had the best cost to capacity ratio and it was the second lightest That is why it was chosen to be the battery of choice for the final design

Figure 33 UPG Group U1-40 Marine Battery (Apex Battery 2006)

Battery Boxes The battery boxes are to be purchased from Tempo Tempo produces a line of marine battery boxes designed to enclose one battery from the elements while displaying the charge of the battery on an outside meter The decision to use two separate battery boxes influenced the decision to buy a battery box with a battery meter displayed on the outside This is so the user will know it is time to switch the leads from one box to the next The current production of battery boxes meets all of the boats needs such that it would not be necessary to design and manufacture one Several manufacturers were considered before selecting Temporsquos Power Center which can be seen in Figure 34

53

Figure 34 Tempo Power Center

Several potential failure modes are addressed by enclosing each battery in a battery box The first is that of water coming into contact with the batteries Water contacting the battery terminals could cause a shortage prohibiting the use of the motor Due to this a severity rating of 6 was given because the motor might be disabled However there is a small risk of electric shock A probability rating of 5 was given because it is inevitable that on a boat the components will get wet The battery box selected has a protective lid held on tightly with a strap This strap will be directly tied to the deck of the boat so that the boxes are stationary The box would have to fill to the top with water for the batteryrsquos terminals to get wet this is highly unlikely The second failure mode that the selected battery boxes help reduce is the risk of the batteries discharging 100 Fully discharging the batteries was given a severity rating of 5 because this would result in the electric propulsion system becoming completely inoperable The user would have to resort to the backup oar system to get home In Section 613 Figure 16 shows the results that fully discharging a battery can have on the number of dischargerecharge cycles during the life of the battery As can be seen in the figure 100 discharge of the battery severely diminishes the overall life This failure mode was given a probability rating of 4 This is due to the fact that without using some sort of device that shuts down the motor if the batteries are drained too far the user is sure to fully discharge the batteries Therefore the use of a battery box with a built in power meter will help to alert the user to battery usage thus allowing them to prolong the life of the batteries The third failure mode that the battery box helps reduce is failure of the batteries due to overheating The battery manufacturer specifies the maximum operating temperature to be 122 degF Any time the battery is operated above this temperature the output is reduced and the overall life of the battery is affected The boxes selected are made of a marine grade polypropylene plastic This plastic is designed with a higher specific heat than

54

normal plastic allowing for extra protection from the sunrsquos radiation Calculations were performed to determine the maximum temperatures the boat can perform in before the batteries start to diminish in performance due to overheating These sections can be seen in Appendix D ndash Battery Box From the calculations it is determined that operating the watercraft in outdoor temperatures exceeding 94 degF can lead to a decrease in the batteryrsquos performance and potentially shorten the life of the battery These results are deemed acceptable as temperatures this warm are far from ideal fishing temperatures and the watercraft is designed with angler emphasis Cable Cover Because the batteries are located toward the stern and the trolling motor on the bow the battery cable would be exposed This resulted in a potential failure mode that would result from corrosion to the wiring if it were to get wet This failure mode was given a severity of 6 because while the leads would probably still work a risk of electric shock is involved with wet electrical components A probability of 4 was given because it is inevitable that the wiring would get wet while on the water It was decided that a low profile cable cover would be best for this situation The cable cover would reduce the amount of water that can get to the wire leads thus reducing the overall corrosion of the leads The low profile would allow the battery cable to be run directly up the center of the deck and would reduce the tripping hazard of having loose wire running over the deck This would also make assembly and disassembly easier It would eliminate a bulky cord tray and keep the battery cable above the deck and away from the water Figure 33 shows a picture of the chosen cable cover The cable covers cost $1000 for cost manufacturing and assembly This is a very low priority item with respect to cost compared to the rest of the watercraft therefore only one vendor was looked at

Figure 35 Cable Cover for Protection of Wire Leads (Cable Organizer 2007)

55

702 Hull System FMEA was used to organize the analysis for the hull system The team rated the potential failure modes of the hull system in the same manner as for the propulsion system The results of these ratings are shown in Table 27 The failure modes in bold were chosen for further analysis by the team As can be seen in the table the severity of many of these failure modes is very high This is due to the fact that these failures would result in capsizing of the watercraft thus rendering it inoperable and endangering the user

Table 27 Potential Failure Modes for Hull System

Having too much weight on a particular side is a failure mode that would result in the capsizing of the watercraft A severity rating of 10 was given due to the fact that the watercraft would become inoperable and because of the high risk of injury to the user The probability rating was set at 2 because the watercraft is designed with the weight distributed evenly around the watercraft thus reducing the risk that the movement of the user would result in capsizing Having weights of at least 50 lbs (motor and batteries) at the bow and stern of the watercraft ensure large righting moments if the user were to move to either the bow or stern of the watercraft If the user were to move to either side of the watercraft the width of over 6 ft ensures that the weight of the pontoons and storage provide a sufficient righting moment The passenger falling off the watercraft returned the highest RPN number of all potential failure modes This failure would occur when the operator tripped or lost his balance resulting in them falling into the water A severity rating of 8 was given because while the watercraft would still be operable there is a significant risk of injury to the user A probability rating of 10 was given because it is inevitable with watercraft that misuse will result in users falling off the craft This failure mode is being managed through several methods Storage and oars are being placed out over the pontoons because the pontoons were considered to be a high risk area for the user to stand The storage will ensure that the user cannot step onto the pontoons Cable covers are being used to secure all wire to the deck of the craft thus reducing the risk of tripping over them Finally life jackets

Subsytem - Component - Subassembly Specific Failure Severity Probability RPN

Hull Too much weight on a particular side 10 2 20

Hull Passenger falls off the watercraft 8 10 80

Hull - frame Fracturefailure of frame 10 2 20

Hull - frame - welds Failure of welds 10 3 30

Hull - frame - pins Shearing of pins 7 1 7

Hull - deck Fracture of deck 8 1 8

Hull - deck - fasteners Failure of fasteners on deck 3 3 9

Hull - pontoon Pontoons take on water 10 2 20Hull - pontoon - straps Straps loosen 8 2 16

56

will be provided in the storage and should be worn by the user at all times while the watercraft is in use Pontoons The pontoons taking on water was considered a significant failure mode that required further investigation This failure would occur when a hollow pontoon was punctured resulting in it taking on water thus sinking the watercraft This explains the severity rating of 10 in that the watercraft would be not only inoperable but the electrical components could be permanently damaged and the user could be severely injured A probability rating of 2 was given because a material was chosen for the pontoons that is solid and thus will not take on water This selection is discussed further below

Figure 36 Final Design of Pontoon Several materials were considered for the pontoons Polystyrene Polypropylene aluminum steel and fiberglass were all considered for the production of the pontoons Table 28 shows the properties of the materials that were considered Foam was chosen as the material because it is lightweight easy to machine and relatively inexpensive compared to the other materials The main deciding factor was that the foam pontoons would be solid and thus would not take on water This greatly increases the safety of the pontoons

57

Table 28 Pontoon Material Considerations

Construction Probable Wall Thickness

Density (lbsin3)

Estimated Wieght

(lbs)Welding Machining

Steel Hollow 16 Gauge 0283 40-50 Yes Maybe

Aluminum Hollow 8 Gauge 0098 25-35 Yes Maybe

Fiberglass Hollow Multiple Layers 0050 10-15 No No

Foam Solid NA 0015 10-15 No Yes

Polystyrene foam was chosen over polypropylene foam for several reasons Polystyrene is more readily available less expensive and more easily manufactured that polypropylene As a result polystyrene billets will be purchased and cut to the desired shape using hot wire The downfall of polystyrene foam is that it will disintegrate when it comes into contact with petroleum products Therefore the need for a protective covering was evident A PVC slip cover will go over the pontoons to protect it from the elements and also to increase the strength of the pontoon This cover will stretch over the pontoon and hold itself in place In Figure 37 the slip cover is shown in red The material properties of polystyrene were researched and a complete analysis of the pontoon was performed See pgs 122-124 of Appendix D for simply supported beam analysis assumptions formulas sample calculations and diagrams Pontoon Frames The pontoon frames are the connection point between the deck sections and the pontoons It is through these frames that the load of the passenger cargo and the watercraftrsquos weight is transferred to the pontoons to be counteracted by the buoyant force of the water The pontoon frame depicted in Figure 37 represents the result of an iterative design process which started with the pontoon frame depicted in Figure 38 The pontoon frame in Figure 35 is the starboard pontoon frame with the oar-lock positioned opposite the deck section side The port pontoon frame is similar to the starboard pontoon frame except that the oar-lock and oar strap holes are located on opposite sides The preliminary design of the pontoon frame utilized a ldquoT-barrdquo configuration which would have fit into holes and channels cut into the pontoon foam FMEA identified this removal of material from the pontoon foam as a potential failure mode indicating that the material properties of the foam may not withstand the force moment created as the watercraft was loaded unloaded assembled and disassembled The solution was to use angle stock that fits along the outside of the pontoon foam thus eliminating the need for any holes or channels Moreover there were holes drilled through the outside face of the

58

angle stock near each end to create mounting points for the tie straps that will be used to hold the pontoon foam within its frame The other aspect of the preliminary design of the pontoon frame that was changed was the mounting points for the deck frame sections The original pontoon frame utilized tubing for the deck frame mounting arms to ldquosliprdquo into and be pinned in position The application of DFMA brought to light the fact that aligning the relatively heavy deck frame sections to ldquosliprdquo into the pontoon frames would be difficult and creates unnecessary pinch points for assembly The solution was to have two vertical tabs into which the deck frame mounting arms could drop into and be pinned in position The final design also incorporates mounting holes and cut-outs for both the storage boxes and oars A complete failure analysis of the pontoon frames can be found in Appendix D

Figure 37 Final Design of the Pontoon Frame (Starboard)

59

Figure 38 Preliminary Design of the Pontoon Frame Pontoon Assembly

Figure 39 shows the final pontoon assembly This assembly includes the foam pontoon with the PVC cover attached to the pontoon frame using the strap to secure the pontoon within the frame

60

Figure 39 Final Pontoon Design Assembly

Deck Frames

Figure 40 shows the final design of the rear deck from and Figure 41 shows the final design of the front deck frame The frames will be made of 1 12rdquo by frac34rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum box tubing with a thickness of 18rdquo The motor mount of the front deck frame will be made from the same angle stock as the pontoon frames

Figure 40 Rear Deck Frame Figure 41 Front Deck Frame Two potential failure modes needed to be further considered when dealing with the frames The first is that of fracture of the actual frame members This would most likely occur where the deck frames and pontoon frames come into contact A severity rating of

61

10 was decided on for this failure mode because it could resort in capsizing of the watercraft and user injury A probability rating of 2 was chosen because the properties of the frame material are well known and FEA analysis was performed on the frame to ensure it could withstand the loads This analysis can be seen later in this section The second likely failure mode is that of a failure of the welds This would result from poor welding or because the material around the weld will revert back to the properties of AA 6061-T0 aluminum A severity rating of 10 was given for this failure because it could result in capsizing of the watercraft and injury to the user A probability rating of 3 was given because it is more likely that the frame will fail at the welds than anywhere else meaning the cross members will still be attached to the pontoons and the deck will stay intact To reduce the risk of this failure occurring the frames will be professionally welded and will be heat treated after welding to bring the properties of the weld back to that of AA 6061-T6 aluminum Another option that was considered included bolting the frames together as opposed to welding This would help reduce the amount of labor required to weld the frames as well as the added process of heat treating the aluminum As a result the overall cost of manufacturing the watercraft would be reduced However because holes would have to be drilled through the frames for bolting the resultant loss in area of the frames could cause reduced overall strength It was determined that due to the concern for the safety of the user itrsquos much more reliable to weld the frames AA 6061-T6 aluminum was compared to stainless steel for the material selection of the deck frames Due to the transportability requirement of the watercraft weight was the most important factor when considering which material to choose An optimized aluminum frame was compared to an optimized steel frame and the steel frame was found to weigh twice as much as the aluminum Aluminum was chosen for the deck frame material because of this weight difference Table 29 shows the surveyed materials where 1 is a poor rating and 2 is a good rating

Table 29 Deck Frame Material Selection

Weighting Rating Score Rating ScoreYield Strength 01 1 01 2 02

Weight 05 2 1 1 05Cost 02 1 02 2 04

Machineability 01 1 01 2 02Corrosion Resistance 01 1 01 1 01

Continue Yes No

Aluminum 6061-T6 Stainless Steel

Total 15 14

FEA analysis was performed on the frame sections to determine an optimized frame configuration The yield strength of AA 6061-T6 aluminum is 40000 psi A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the analysis is an approximation of the real world This factor of safety resulted in an acceptable stress level of 13300 psi Figure 42 and Figure 43 show the boundary conditions and loading of the rear and front deck frames under the worst case scenario This scenario was determined to include the battery box and motor

62

in their static loadings while the operator jumped on the watercraft A distributed load of 20 pounds was applied across the entire frame due to the weight of the deck panels FB is the force of the batteries and battery box which was estimated to be 80 pounds FM is the force of the motor estimated at 50 lbs FP is the dynamic force of the person This force was determined to be two times the static load or 500 pounds The deck frames will be pinned to the pontoon frames in a manner that restricts translation in the x y and z directions and restricts rotation about the y and z axis A first iteration of this analysis using frac34rdquo box tubing with 18rdquo thickness gave stress values that were double the acceptable stress level Thus the frame was redesigned using 1 frac12rdquo by frac34rdquo box tubing

Figure 42 Rear Deck Frame Loads Figure 43 Front Deck Frame Loads The results of the analysis can be seen in Figure 44 and Figure 45 Figure 42 shows the maximum stress levels for the front deck frame to be 13700 psi Figure 43 shows a maximum stress level for the rear deck frame to be 16000 psi This results in an actual factor of safety of 25 The hand calculations to support the FEA analysis that was performed can be found in Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Frames The hand calculations revealed a larger stress than the FEA analysis because they do not take into account the other members of the frame which would add additional support Because the front deck frame is slightly under the FOS of 3 additional testing on the material properties of the supplied aluminum will be done Tests will be done to simulate worst case scenario loading to determine whether then deck frames can withstand the applied loads before the deck frames are approved for production The maximum displacement for the front deck frame was 349rdquo This deflection would occur wherever the passenger jumped onto the deck frame creating a dynamic loading scenario The critical stress locations identified from FEA analysis were positioned exactly where they were expected to be The main concern was failure occurring at the welds This concern was corrected by heat treating the weld joints in order to bring the properties back to the properties of T6-aluminum There was also a critical stress location at the position the passenger was standing andor jumping on the watercraft but after

63

performing FEA analysis and hand calculations it was determined that even the worst case scenario would not be enough to cause the frames to fail

Figure 44 Front Deck Frame Stress Levels

Figure 45 Rear Deck Frame Stress Levels

64

Deck Panels

Figure 46 shows the rear deck panel and figure 47 shows the front deck panel Both panels are 60rdquo wide 36rdquo long and frac14rdquo thick

Figure 46 Rear Deck Panel Figure 47 Front Deck Panel In order to perform FEA analysis on the deck panel sections the material needed to be selected The following four materials were compared in a decision matrix using cost weight yield strength corrosion resistance and aesthetics as selection criteria Cost yield strength and weight were considered to be the most important factors in this decision Table 30 shows the comparison that was done between ABS molded plastic fiberglass aluminum and plywood sheets with different thicknesses A rating scale of 1-4 was used with 1 being a poor rating and 4 being a high rating

Table 30 Deck Material Selection Matrix

Selection Criteria Weighting Rating Score Rating Score Rating Score Rating ScoreCost 030 3 09 2 06 1 03 4 12Weight 025 4 1 3 075 2 05 4 1Yeild strength 030 3 09 3 09 4 12 1 03Corrosion Resistance 010 4 04 4 04 3 03 1 01Aesthetics 005 4 02 4 02 2 01 1 005

TotalContinue

24 26534Yes

285

14 A

BS Molded

Plastic

14 F

iberGlass

18 A

luminum Sheet

12 P

lywood

After putting the materials into the decision matrix it was determined that 14rdquo ABS molded plastic would be chosen for the design and FEA analysis The material and the

65

sheet thickness will be analyzed to optimize the weight of the panels and to ensure that the panels will be able to stand up to the static and dynamic loading on the system The worst case loading for both the front and rear deck panel sections was determined to include the static load of watercraft components in addition to a dynamic load of the user This dynamic load was considered to be the user jumping in an area of the deck away from all frame supports These areas are where the panels are most likely to fail Figure 48 shows the boundary conditions and loading for the front and rear deck panels The front panel is shown on the right and the rear is on the left

Figure 48 Front and Rear Deck Panel Boundary Conditions and Loading The deck panels will be connected to the frame using flathead screws Therefore the boundary conditions at the holes restrict translation in all directions and rotation about the x and y axes The deck panel will deflect under load which will cause the panel to come into contact with the parts of the frame closest to the point where the load is applied This results in no z direction translation at those contact points On the front deck section a static load of 50 lbs was applied to the mount location of the motor On the rear panel a static load of 80 lbs was applied at the mount location of the battery box Both panels were analyzed with a dynamic load of 500 lbs to represent the user jumping on the deck of the watercraft This load was applied to an area away from all supports at a point where the load would have the greatest affect on the deck panels Figure 49 and Figure 50 show the stress results of the analysis An acceptable factor of safety of 3 was set due to the fact that the watercraft will be used in a moderately challenging environment and because the models only approximately represent the system ABS plastic has a flexural strength of 9000 psi resulting in an allowable stress of 3000 psi As Figure 49 shows the maximum resultant stress on the front deck panel is 2475 psi Figure 50 shows the maximum resultant stress on the rear deck panel to be 2400 psi Both of these values fall under the allowable stress limit Figures 51 and 52 show the displacement values for the front and rear deck frame The maximum displacement values were found to be 031rdquo and 052rdquo for the front and rear respectively This is an acceptable value because the deflection occurs only for the very short period of time that the dynamic load is applied ABS plastic is a ductile material with respect to

66

fracture Therefore even if the panels were to fail the failure would not be catastrophic In the event of failure shearing would occur at the points of maximum stress This shearing would be easily noticeable as slits appearing in the deck panels Because the failure is so noticeable actions can be taken to fix the deck panels before catastrophic failure occurs Appendix D ndash Front and Rear Deck Panels discusses the validation of the FEA results

Figure 49 Front Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

67

Figure 50 Rear Deck Panel ndash Von Mises Stress

Figure 51 Front Deck Panel - Displacement

68

Figure 52 Rear Deck Panel - Displacement Deck Pins

The watercraft design calls for a total of 12 pins to connect the deck of the watercraft to the hull frames These eight pins will be 125rdquo long and four will be 200rdquo long and need to be large enough to resist a double shear force in the worst case scenario In addition the wall thickness of the frame needs to be tested to ensure that the frame will not fail in bearing The worst case scenario was determined to be the force produced if the passenger jumps on the deck of the watercraft This force is estimated to be 500 pounds This force will be applied while the watercraft is on the ground so no energy is absorbed by water It is assumed that the passenger is in such a position that the full 500 pound force acts on one pin A final assumption is that the pin is in the incorrect manufacturing position If the frame and pontoon are manufactured correctly force from the weight of the person is transferred directly from the deck frame to the pontoon If the parts have manufacturing errors then the force could be transferred to the pin in double shear before being transferred to the pontoon

69

Figure 53 Proper Assembly (Left) and Improper Assembly (Right) A full discussion of the analysis and bearing load on the frame with calculations can be seen in Appendix D ndash Pontoon Pins A factor of safety of 3 was chosen because the pin is being used in a moderately challenging environment After calculations a minimum pin diameter was determined to be 0101rdquo which after including the factor of safety results in a minimum pin diameter of 0303rdquo A standard pin diameter was chosen to be 516rdquo After the pin size was chosen several failure modes were tested to ensure the pin would not fail in shear and also the frame would not fail in bearing Calculations show that under the worst case loading neither of these failures will occur The pin that was chosen for the watercraft and used in the analysis can be seen in Figure 54 This pin has a small wire that wraps around the pin so the pin will not work itself out during vibration

Figure 54 Safety Pin

Oarlocks The oars are a backup for the propulsion system The purpose of the oarlock assembly is to hold the oar in place so the user can row The final oarlock concept is shown in Figure 55 This design serves the oarlockrsquos function while being easy to manufacture The oarlock slides into a hole placed on top of a cube (the ldquooarlock deckrdquo) which is welded to the pontoon frame An alternative is to bolt the oarlock assembly to the frame but this

70

was discarded because the bolt head or the nut would interfere with the pontoon without additional manufacturing steps

Figure 55 Oarlock Final Design 703 Transportation Because transportability is an important sellable feature of the watercraft it is important to address how the watercraft can be stacked in transport mode Figure 56 shows a view of the watercraft components in transport mode

Figure 56 Watercraft Components in Transport Mode

71

The watercraft is designed to be transported in the bed of a truck where the distance between the wheel wells is 35 ft to 4 ft In order for all of the components to fit the user will need to place one pontoon inside and against each wheel well The rest of the components other than the deck sections can then be stacked neatly between the pontoons The deck sections which on their shorter sides are both smaller than the distance between the sides of a standard truck bed can be stacked on top of the pontoons They will need to be stacked so that their longer edges are parallel with the long sides of the pontoons and truck bed Further information and images showing the properly stacked components can be seen in Section 72 Section 71 ndash Design Drawings Parts List and Bill of Materials See separate Design Project File Section 72 ndash How Does It Work 721 Storage and Transportation The watercraft was designed to be transported and stored in a standard fashion using as little space as possible in order to fit in the back of a truck as well as prevent damage of the parts The watercraft is designed to fit between the wheel wells of a standard truck bed or 35 to 4 feet The pontoons should be placed at the least 21 inches apart and 24 inches at maximum as shown in Figure 57

Figure 57 Pontoon Placement for Storage and Transportation

72

All of the smaller components will fit between the pontoons as shown below in Figure 58 The motor should be centered between the pontoons in the ldquorestingrdquo position The storage boxes should be placed lengthwise between the pontoons on both sides of the motor The boxes should have their clasps facing inward to avoid damage to the pontoons The batteries should be kept in the battery boxes and the boxes should be placed similar to the storage boxes beside the motor The seat should be folded down and placed in between the pontoons at the head of the motor

Figure 58 Storage and Transport of Small Components

The front and rear deck assemblies should be placed on top of the pontoons as shown in Figure 59 This configuration allows the watercraft to meet the target specification that it fit in a 8rsquo x 4rsquo x 4rsquo volume when disassembled

73

Figure 59 Final Storage and Transportation Configuration

722 Assembly Place the pontoons upright on a level surface with a distance between them approximately equal to the width of the deck assemblies The oarlocks must be placed on the outside edges of the pontoons This configuration is shown in Figure 60

74

Figure 60 Pontoon Assembly Configuration Place the front and rear deck frames on top of the pontoons setting the extensions of the deck frames into the tabs of the pontoon frames as shown in Figure 61 Place a pin through each hole in the pontoon frame tabs and deck frames to secure the deck assemblies to the pontoons Figure 62 shows this step

Figure 61 Deck Assembly Configuration

75

Figure 62 Pin Insertion

All other items can be attached in any order The final assembly of the watercraft is shown in Figure 63 The storage boxes should be placed on the pontoons so that the storage box pins are inserted into the pontoon frame The battery boxes should be strapped to the deck as shown in the figure The motor should be attached using the quick mount mechanism attached to the bow of the watercraft After the motor and batteries are attached to the watercraft the leads should be connected from the motor to one battery This should be done while the watercraft is on land to ensure that the leads and the user are dry during connection An explanation of the battery connections can be found later in this section Finally the seat can be dropped into the rear deck plate and the oars fed through the oar loops Calculations for the stress in the pontoon were performed under the assumption that the watercraft is on land These calculations show that it is ok for the user to stand on the watercraft and assemble the components on the deck Testing was also done which shows that at least two individuals can stand on the watercraft while on land

76

Figure 63 Final Watercraft Assembly

723 Propulsion System Battery Motor Connection

The connection between the battery and the trolling motor will utilize ring terminals on the trolling motor leads and threaded battery posts with wing-nuts on the battery Many deep cycle marine batteries come with standard battery posts like those found on a car battery as well as threaded posts for other applications This allows a number of connector types to be used Because the battery will remain in a battery box a permanent connection was desired Using the threaded ring terminals provides a secure safe connection The trolling motor should be in the ldquoOffrdquo position prior to connecting the motor leads to the battery terminals Failure to do so could lead to electric shock or damage to the trolling motor Figure 64 shows the prototype (without battery box) to illustrate the threaded connection

77

Figure 64 BatteryMotor Connection Foot Pedal Steering

The steeringcontrol system for the specified motor uses a foot pedal that pivots from front to rear On this foot pedal there are three switches the rotary speed control momentaryoffcontinuous switch and the momentary switch Figure 65 shows the foot pedal When the momentaryoffcontinuous switch is ldquooffrdquo the motor is completely turned off When set to ldquocontinuousrdquo the motor will run continuously at the set rotary speed control When set to ldquomomentaryrdquo the momentary switch must be held down in order to power the motor Upon releasing the motor will stop running Again this will run at the speed set on the rotary speed control The rotary speed control has five settings (off ndash 5) which can be changed by hand or foot by turning the dial The foot pedal can be moved and placed in a position comfortable for the user If the user chooses the foot pedal can be fastened to the deck using screws however this will add to the assembly and disassembly time of the watercraft

Motor Leads

Standard Battery Post

Threaded Battery Post

78

Figure 65 Foot Pedal Switches Steering is fairly simple making the trolling motor user friendly and hands free A mechanical linkage comprised of cables and pulleys links the foot pedal to the head of the motor The trolling motor head contains a direction indicator that shows the direction of the motor at all times Figure 66 shows the trolling motor head When the foot pedal is sitting flat the motor is pointing forward By pivoting the pedal forward the motor turns left and pivoting rearward turns it right (see Figure 67 Steering Sequence A B C D) Pivoting completely forward or completely rearward turns the motor 180 degrees which is used for reverse

Figure 66 Direction Indicator

Momentary Switch

MomOffCon Switch

Rotary Speed Control

Direction Indicator

79

A Reverse B Right C Left D Reverse

Figure 67 Steering Sequence

Motor Collapsibility

The Minn Kota Edge 55 is very easy to operate It was designed to go between the stored position and trolling position easily Starting from the stored position the pull rope is pulled rearward to release the lock bars (see Figures 68 A and B) Once the lock bars are released upward pressure is applied to the pull rope raising the motor The motor is raised and lowered until the motor is in the trolling position and the lock bars are relocked See Figure 68 C D and E for the collapsibilitydeployment sequence Perform this sequence in reverse for storing the trolling motor The design of the motor includes a quick release plate that is permanently attached to the deck of the frame This plate allows the trolling motor to be quickly connected and disconnected with the removal of a pin

80

A B C D E

Figure 68 Collapsibility Deployment Sequence

Pull Rope Lock Bars

81

Battery Replacement Instructions

There will be two 12 volt deep cycle marine batteries in individual battery boxes These battery boxes have charge meters that display the charge of the battery and external terminals to connect the trolling motor to Because this is a 12 volt system only one battery will be connected to the trolling motor at a time This means that it may be necessary for the user to switch the trolling motor leads from one battery box to the other The user would simply unscrew the wing-nuts and switch the leads to the other battery box This would need to be done if the first battery were discharged to a level of 50 charge as indicated by the charge meter Section 73 ndash How is it Made Pontoons

The pontoons will be manufactured from pre-extruded polystyrene billets made by The Dow Chemical Company These billets are used primarily as flotation for docks but are a good choice for this application Two 10rdquo x 20rdquo x 96rdquo billets were chosen to meet the buoyancy requirements The foam billets will be manufactured by placing them in a series of fixtures to be cut using hot wire The first jig will shape the ends of the billets and form the chamfers on the bottom edges The hot wire cutter will be shaped to cut the ends of the pontoons to the shape seen in drawing PA-01 This will be used on both ends of the billet to ensure that the part is symmetrical With the jig still attached to the billet another hot wire form will be used to cut the chambers on the bottom The billet will be flipped over and placed in another jig The frame groove will then be cut by running a straight hot wire form the length of the jig Using jigs and hot wire to shape the billets will not leave any rough or sharp edges and will allow the work to be performed by unskilled laborers As a result no sanding or further shaping will be necessary thus reducing the manufacturing cost Pontoon Frames

There are three types of AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock used in the construction of the pontoon frames 1-12rdquo x 1-12rdquo x 18rdquo angle stock 1-12rdquo x 14rdquo flat stock and 1rdquo square stock For every pair of pontoon frames that will be constructed per watercraft unit there will be a 25rsquo section and an 8rsquo section of the angle stock a 12rsquo section of the flat stock and a 10rsquo section of the square stock The majority of the scrap from the cuts described below can be utilized in the construction of subsequent watercraft units The excess lengths of both the flat stock and square stock are exactly enough to be used in even numbers of additional watercraft units

Angle Stock Three 76rdquo lengths will be cut from the 25rsquo section of angle stock with another 76rdquo length cut from the 8rsquo section These four 76rdquo lengths of angle stock will be used as the long angle pieces in the two pontoon frames The remaining 72rdquo of the 25rsquo section of angle stock will then have four 1025rdquo lengths

82

cut from it to be used as the connecting angle pieces between each pair of long angle pieces The scrap from these cuts (a 31rdquo length and 20rdquo length) will be used in the construction of pontoon frames for subsequent watercraft units

Flat Stock Twenty-four 15rdquo lengths will be cut from the 12rsquo section of flat stock to be used as the connection tabs for the deck sections The remaining 108rdquo of the 12rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to use in 3 additional watercraft units Square Stock Two 3rdquo lengths will be cut from the 10rsquo section of square stock to be used to make the oar-locks The remaining 114rdquo of the 10rsquo section of flat stock is exactly enough to be used in 19 additional watercraft units

The pontoon frames will be built to the specifications outlined in the drawings PP-02 PP-03 PS-02 and PS-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File Before any of the cut pieces are welded together the holes for the tensioning straps oar-locks storage boxes and oar straps are drilled in the appropriate pieces of stock The part drawings for the two pontoon frames should be followed closely to ensure that the storage box holes and pontoon strap holes are drilled in the appropriate locations into each connecting angle piece After the aforementioned holes have been drilled the cut pieces can be welded into the two pontoon frames The pontoon frames will utilize two jigs to ensure that the partrsquos geometry will properly and easily assemble with the other watercraft components To begin the two long angle pieces of each pontoon frame will be placed in a jig that ensures they are parallel to each other in both the horizontal and vertical directions The connecting angle pieces will then be welded between the two long angle pieces according to the part drawings At this time the oar-lock will be welded to the appropriate side of the pontoon frame squared to the edges of the long angle piece only visually The geometric orientation of the oar-lock is not detailed in the drawing because on its location along the length of the long angle piece is of importance Another jig for welding the connection tabs in the proper locations is coupled to the jig already holding the pontoon frame This jig will be precision machined and constructed such that the connection tabs that it holds in position will connect properly and easily with any of the deck frames produced in the assembly line Once the connections tabs have been welded the entire pontoon frame will be heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the weld joints back to T6 strength properties The pontoon frames will be heated in the ovens in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the heat treating process The precise alignment of the deck pin holes demanded that any warping caused by the heat treating process will not affect the assembly of the watercraft Thus the deck pin holes in the connection tabs will be drilled after the pontoon frame has been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature In order to ensure the concentricity of the deck pin holes the pontoon frame is secured in a jig that has been mounted to a CNC machining center The jig will align the pontoon frame such that a program written for the CNC machining center will drill all of the deck pin holes automatically

83

After the pontoon frame is finished it is deburred and any rust spots are cleaned with a sanding wheel A preliminary quality inspection will be performed by the person deburring and cleaning the frame The pontoon frame is then wiped clean with a solvent in preparation for painting The paint used on the pontoon frame will have the same chemical properties and color as that used on the deck frames The pontoon frames will be painted in batches to increase the time and cost efficiency of the painting process The final quality inspection will involve the pontoon frame being fit together with gage deck frames and deck pins to ensure the part is ldquogoodrdquo Deck Frames The front and rear deck frames are constructed out of frac34rdquo x 1 12rdquo x 18rdquo AA 6061-T6 aluminum stock The rectangular aluminum stock will come in 21rsquo lengths for both the front and rear deck frames This stock will be cut and built to the specifications outlined in drawings DF-02 and DF-03 that can be found in the separate Design Project File A jig will be used to ensure correct geometry and connection The long sections of aluminum stock on the front and rear deck frames must be parallel to ensure correct assembly of the watercraft The connecting pieces will then be welded between the two long pieces of stock When welding is finished the front and rear deck frames are heat treated in a large oven to return the heat-affected zones of the welded joints back to T6 properties The hole where the pins connect the deck frames to the pontoon frames are drilled after the frames have been removed from the oven and allowed to cool to room temperature To ensure concentricity of the pontoon pin holes the front and rear deck frames are secured in a jig mounted to a CNC machining center which will drill all the holes automatically All finished deck frames are deburred and rust spots are removed with a sanding wheel The person deburring and cleaning the frame will perform a preliminary quality inspection and the frames are then wiped down with a cleaning solvent to prepare for painting The paint used on the deck frames will contain the same chemical properties and color of that used on the pontoon frames A final quality inspection will be performed by fitting the deck frames to gage pontoons frames and ensuring the pins fit properly Deck Panels

Extruded panels (48rdquo x 96rdquo x 125rdquo) will be purchased with one smooth and one textured side Each panel will be used to cut one deck panel and one pontoon panel thus allowing all panels for the watercraft to be manufactured from 2 extruded panels Figures 69 and 70 show the layout of the cuts that need to be made to produce the front and rear deck panels and pontoon panels The excess material from the purchased panels can be used in production of additional pontoon panels and in the manufacturing of the storage boxes Through holes and countersinks will then be drilled in accordance to manufacturing drawings DF-04 and DR-05 Tolerance and surface finish specifications can be found in Section 71

84

Figure 69 Front Deck Panel Cut Layout

Figure 70 Rear Deck Panel Cut Layout

85

Assembly Plan

I Pontoon Assembly

Figure 71 Starboard Pontoon Assembly

a Starboard Pontoon (Figure 71)

1 Place the pontoon right-side up and place the pontoon panel centered on top of the pontoon

2 Take both pontoon straps and secure them to the inside edge of the pontoon frame with a rivet

3 Place the pontoon frame centered over the pontoon panel

4 Pull both pontoon straps under and around the pontoon secure each strap with a buckle to the other side of the pontoon frame with a rivet as shown in Figure 72

Pontoon Panel

Pontoon Frame

Protective Cover

Pontoon Strap

Pontoon

86

Figure 72 Pontoon Strap and Buckle

5 Secure the pontoon frame to the pontoon by tightening the buckle on the pontoon straps

6 Stretch and place the protective pontoon cover over the bottom of the pontoon assembly

b Port Pontoon

1 Repeat steps 1-6 from the Starboard Pontoon assembly

II Deck Assembly

Figure 73 Front Deck Section

Buckle

Rivet

Front Deck Panel

Front Deck Frame

10 ndash 32 x 58rdquo Flat Head Screws

Strap

87

a Front Deck Section (Figure 73)

1 Place the front deck frame flat with the tapped holes up

2 Take the front deck panel and place it centered on top of the frame with the textured side facing upward

3 Secure the panel to the frame using ten 10-32 flat head screws

b Rear Deck

1 Repeat steps 1-3 from the Front Deck Section Shipping Plan In order to ship the watercraft a 4rsquo x 4rsquo x 8rsquo container will be used and the components will be secured using foam cutouts Figure 74 shows how the individual pieces will be laid out The shipping container will be filled as follows

1 The pontoons will be stood right-side up on the extreme sides of container 2 The Battery storage boxes trolling motor seat and oars will be set in

between the pontoons The batteries will be shipped in the battery boxes All clips wires and other accessories will be shipped in the storage boxes

3 The rear deck section will be laid on top of the pontoons between the oar locks

4 The front deck section to be laid on the top of the oar locks and rear deck section

Figure 74 Packaging Plan for Shipment

Port Pontoon Starboard Pontoon

Trolling motor

Battery box Storage box

Rear Deck Section Front Deck Section

88

This container will then be shipped from the manufacturing site by the use of flat bed truck The user can also save this container to use it for long term storage in order to protect the watercraft Cost Analysis The overall cost of the watercraft is an important factor on whether or not to take the project to production The retail cost of the watercraft has been set at $2000 per unit after current market benchmarking was performed A desired company profit gain for each watercraft was determined to be 15 setting the manufacturing costs at $1700 This manufacturing cost was then used to help set a budget for the final design of our watercraft Table 31 shows the initial budget for the watercraft

Table 31 Initial Budget Analysis

This budget does not factor in wholesale discounts and as a result is a high estimate From this budget each item or sub assembly was optimized to reduce the overall cost of the watercraft Once the final designs were optimized and the chosen materials safely passed all failure analysis performed a final material list was generated Table 32 shows the overall material purchases for the final watercraft design

89

Table 32 Watercraft Materials

The final unit cost for all of the material purchases needed for the final design came to $150749 When generating the manufacturing costs for the watercraft it was necessary to set labor overhead and equipment scales and factors For basic and skilled labor pay rates were set to $1200 and $1500 per hour respectively The scale factors set for basic overhead equipment and special operations were set to 100 50 and 25 respectively Table 33 shows the estimated manufacturing costs for all manufactured components

90

Table 33 Component Manufacturing Costs

It was determined that the overall manufacturing cost of the watercraft is $30319 per unit Adding the material costs to the manufacturing costs the final production cost of the watercraft was determined to be $181068 Table 34 shows the overall production cost for the watercraft

Table 34 Final Production Costs

91

The final production cost of the design came to $181068 just over our production goal of $1700 As a result the retail cost of the watercraft was changed to $2250 This will give the watercraft a profit of just under 20 at the new production cost This price was determined marketable when compared to the existing watercraft market Table 35 compares benchmarked and newly researched watercrafts in todayrsquos market place These watercrafts are a sample of the different types of watercraft currently available

Table 35 Retail Cost Comparison (Nitro Boats)(Cabellas)

The Bobcat Mag II is an electric powered watercraft that is has a one person capacity and similar power ratings to this design However it doesnrsquot have the collapsibility and hands free steering features of the HRP design The Water Skeeter is a human powered watercraft that does not feature collapsibility Finally the Nitro Tracker 640 is a bass fishing boat with much higher performance than the final design which explains the much higher price Using this information it can be determined that the HRP watercraft is at a competitive price with other watercrafts in the market 80 Conclusions A prototype was developed to represent the final design and extract meaningful data After the production of the prototype the target specifications were tested to help determine if the final design would meet these specifications Table 36 shows the target specifications and rates how well the prototype met these goals as well as predicts how well the final design will meet these goals A rating of 10 means the specification was fully met

Table 36 Prototype and final design ratings

Prototype

Projected Final

Design Capacity 10 10 Speed 5 8 Duration of Usage 8 6 Deployment 7 9 Size 8 10 Laws and Regulations 10 10

92

Capacity

ldquoThe watercraft should comfortably fit one passenger with the dimensions of a 95th percentile male as well as have a total weight capacity of 300 lbsrdquo Between the weight of a 230 pound passenger and the extra weight added by the steel frames and wood deck panels a total of 300 pounds was carried by the watercraft Figure 75 shows the prototype carrying this weight Because the prototype supported the target weight easily the final design will meet this target specification

Figure 75 Watercraft Carrying 300 Pounds Speed

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to achieve a maximum speed of 5 mph in calm conditionsrdquo The prototype was tested using a simulation of a 95th percentile male The test consisted of 5 trials with an average speed of 257 mph The prototype did not meet this specification The prototype utilized a 40 pound thrust motor whereas the final design incorporates a 55 pound thrust motor The final design of the pontoons is slightly more streamlined and has slip covers that will decrease the skin friction As a result the final design will be faster than the prototype but will still not meet the target specification However testing showed that 257 mph was a comfortable trolling speed and would provide ample maneuverability on short fishing trips

93

Duration of Use

ldquoThe propulsion system should be able to propel the watercraft at 5 mph for a minimum of 2 hrs without refueling or rechargingrdquo

The prototype test was conducted using a Minn Kota Edge-Mount 40 trolling motor with an available 40 lbs of the thrust A 115 amp-hr deep cycle lead acid battery was tested on the prototype as opposed to two 50 amp-hr batteries specified in the final design Because the top speed of the prototype was only 26 mph the trolling motor was set to ldquo5rdquo which is the highest propeller rotational speed setting The test was performed by submerging the propeller into a 32 gallon container filled with water to simulate the load Voltage readings were taken every 5 minutes for 1 hour and the results can be seen in Figure 74

y = -00072x + 1227R2 = 09954

1180

1185

1190

1195

1200

1205

1210

1215

1220

1225

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

Time (min)

Vol

tage

(V)

Figure 74 State of Charge for Duration Test A linear-fit trend line in Figure 74 was developed from the data points corresponding to 20 minutes through 60 minutes Using the equation of the trend line a voltage of 1141 V was determined to correspond to 2 hours of continuous operation

94

Figure 75 shows a plot of linear-fit trend lines demonstrating the correlation between battery state of charge and voltage Data provided by Minn Kota was adjusted to show that a voltage of 1141 V corresponds to a 25 state of charge for the prototype battery (Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries) Discharging the battery to this state would reduce the cycle life of the battery As a result the battery should only be discharged to 50 This state of charge would result in a continuous run time at full speed of 80 minutes

1110

1130

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

State of Charge

Volta

ge (V

)

Minn Kota Published Minn Kota AdjustedLinear (Minn Kota Published) Linear (Minn Kota Adjusted)

Figure 75 Linear-fit Trend Lines Demonstrating the Correlation Between Battery State of Charge and Voltage

The final design is not predicted to perform as well as the prototype since it uses a total of 100 amp hours and has a larger trolling motor However the user will typically spend most of their time idle when fishing Most motor use on a typical fishing trip will be for short bursts at lower speeds Therefore it is unlikely that the motor will be discharge under 50

95

Deployment

ldquoThe watercraft should be able to be deployed from the transportation medium to the water by one person without the use of a boat ramp In addition the design of the watercraft should make allowances for the limited physical strength and endurance of the user to deploy the watercraftrdquo The prototype achieved a rating of 7 for deployment This rating was given because the prototype could easily be assembled and deployed by two people Two people were required for deployment because of the added weight of the steel frames The final design was given a predicted value of 9 because of the reduced weight of the watercraft A 10 was not given because the watercraft can be difficult to drag up steep banks Size

ldquoAll of the separable components of the watercraft should fit within a volume that is 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoHrdquo While the prototype did fit within the desired footprint it was taller than desired This is due to the fact that the motor and seat are permanent fixtures on the prototype Figure 76 shows the prototype disassembled and stacked in storage mode The final design was given a rating of 10 because the addition of the removable motor and seat would allow the watercraft to easily fit into the target volume

96

Figure 76 Prototype in Storage Mode Laws and Regulations

ldquoThe watercraft should comply with all federal and Ohio state laws and regulationsrdquo The prototype was given a 10 because the state watercraft enforcement agency was contacted and an exemption of registration was given to allow the watercraft to be tested The final design was given a 10 because the watercraft was given approval to be allowed to be registered in the state of Ohio Also the final design incorporated features such as personal floatation devices and required distress flags to meet state and federal regulations Collapsibility and Transportability

The key delighter for the watercraft was its ability to be collapsible and transportable The watercraft was designed to be assembled and deployed by one person without the use of a trailer or boat ramp Figure 77 shows the transportability of the pontoons enabling single person deployment

97

Figure 77 Single Person Deployment of Pontoon Assembly

All separable components fit into a 4rsquoW x 8rsquoL x 4rsquoH space the size of a standard truck bed All individual components including deck deck frames pontoons motor batteries and chair were designed to weigh less than forty pounds to ensure single person deployment The prototype deck and pontoon frames were manufactured out of steel however the final design will have aluminum frames decreasing the weight of the deck sections Also the prototype deck panels consist of plywood while the final design contains ABS plastic deck panels These reduced component weights will allow the final design components to be carried by a 50th percentile female from a truck to the water Table 37 shows the weights of all components in the prototype and final design While the motor does weigh over 40 lbs the fact that it can be easily carried by the shaft allows it to be safely transported

98

Table 37 Component Weights for Prototype and Final Design

Prototype (lbs)

Final Design (lbs)

Front Deck Assembly 615 26 Rear Deck Assembly 60 28 Pontoon Assembly 2 x 385 2 x 21 Chair 5 5 Battery Boxes w Batteries 40 2 x 335

Oar 5 5 Motor 40 48 Storage Boxes - 30

Assembly of the watercraft proved to be slightly difficult Because of the increased weights of the components 2 people were needed to assemble the watercraft Also the tabs on the pontoon frames were welded too tightly making the deck frames difficult to properly assemble on the pontoons Because the final design will incorporate lighter components and properly manufactured pontoon frames assembly can be performed by one person Environmental Impact It was a priority that the watercraft does not release any harmful toxins into the water which would inevitably affect marine life The batteries must be charged by electricity which will require minor emissions by a power plant However because the watercraft is propelled by an electric motor no fuel is released into water This allows the watercraft to operate without having any negative effects on the environment it is operating in Political Impact

The government has been implementing laws for the protection of the nationrsquos water for over 20 years now This movement to keep the waters clean started in 1972 with the Clean Water Act The act has been amended several times including the years 1987 and 1990 Both times the amendments addressed the issues of toxic pollutants into the water More recently the Environmental Protection Agency has narrowed down the water protection laws to target watercraft motors A standard for new engines was implemented in 1996 requiring a 75 percent reduction in outboard and personal watercraft engine hydrocarbon emissions by the year 2006 The rule was finalized in 1996 and is being phased in over a nine-year period with the first step having occurred in 1998 (Update on New Technology 2007) The effects of the new regulations can already be seen in a survey taken at 2001 compared to a survey taken in 2004 This is shown in Figure 78 The survey shows a large shift from the conventional carbureted 2-stroke to a quiet clean burning four stroke engine There has also been a 7 increase in electric motors

99

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

2001 2002 2003 2004

Year

Perc

ent o

f Boa

t Eng

ine

Mot

or M

arke

t

2 Stroke (Carbureted)Primary2 Stroke (New Technology)Primary4 Stroke Primary

2 Stroke (Carbureted)SecondaryElectric Secondary

Figure 78 Primary Outboard Trend 2001 vs 2004 (Update on New Technology 2007)

As shown in Figure 78 carbureted 2 stroke motors have been on a steady decline due to new regulations while electric motors have been increasing These new regulations have created a market in which electric motors and boats powered by them can flourish There is a place for a boat solely powered by an electric propulsion system

100

References Abbott Allan V ed Second International Human Powered Vehicle Scientific

Symposium Proceedings Indianapolis Indiana 1984 ldquoAnalytical Hierarchy Process ndash In Briefrdquo httpthequalityportalcomq_ahphtm

Viewed October 15 2006 Apex Battery httpwwwapexbatterycom Viewed October 17 2006 Bass Hunter httpwwwbasshuntercomsmallboatshtml Viewd March 12 2007 ldquoBetter Boatingrdquo httpwwwsparetheaircompublicationsAQM136tipcardpdfsearch

=22outboard2 0motor20pollution20facts22 Viewed October 6 2006 Blue Water Network ldquoTwo-Stroke Engines Pollute Too Muchrdquo

httpwwwbluewaternetworkorgreportsrep_aboutus_twostrokefactspdf Viewed November 2 2006

Bobcat Boats httpwwwbobcatboatscom Viewed March 12 2007 Cabelas httpwwwcabelascom Viewed March 12 2007 California Department of Waterways ldquoFacts about Marine Pollutionrdquo

httpwwwdbwcagovPubsPolluteMarine_Pollutionpdf Viewed October 5 2006

Cord Organizer httpcableorganizercomcord-cover-duraline Viewed March 11

2007 ldquoDecavitator ndash Human Powered Hydrofoilrdquo httplancetmitedudecavitator Viewed

March 12 2006 Electric Vehicles USA Inc httpwwwelectricvehiclesusacom Viewed October 17

2006 ldquoEstimating Stabilityrdquo httpwwwjohnsboatstuffcomArticlesestimatihtm Viewed

November 17 2006 Mechanics of Materials Fifth Edition Hibbeler RC Pearson Education Inc Upper

Saddle River New Jersey 2003 ldquoHow Lead Acid Batteries Workrdquo httpwwwvonwentzelnetBattery00Glossary

indexhtml Viewed March 11 2007

101

HydroComp Technical Report ldquoEstimating Propeller Forces for Blade Strength Analysisrdquo httpwwwhydrocompinccomknowledgewhitepapersHC140-PropForcesForFEApdf Viewed January 30 2007

JC Pontoon ldquoHull Designrdquo httpwwwjcpontooncomhullhtml Viewed November

5 2006 Massachusetts Office of Coastal Management ldquoEnvironmentally Friendly Boat

Enginesrdquo httpmassgovczmboatenginesfshtm Viewed October 6 2006 Matweb ndash Stainless Steel

httpwwwmatwebcomsearchSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=MQ304A Viewed March 11 2007

Matweb ndash Polystyrene

httpwwwmatwebcomSpecificMaterialaspbassnum=O4800ampgroup=General Viewed March 1 2007

McDowell Margaret A MPH RD Cheryl D Fryar MSPH Rosemarie Hirsch MD

and Cynthia L Ogden PhD Division of Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys ldquoAnthropometric Reference Data for Children and Adults US Population 1999ndash2002rdquo Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics Number 361 (2005) httpwwwcdcgovnchsdataadad361pdf Viewed October 13 2006

Minn Kota FAQ ndash Batteries

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomsupportfaqasppg=batteriesamppt=8 Viewed March 17 2007

Minn Kota Motors

httpwwwminnkotamotorscomproductsmotorsdetailasppg=fbm_edge Viewed March 1 2007

Munson Young and Okiishi Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 5th Edition Wiley amp

Sons 2006 The National Marine Manufacturerrsquos Association 2005 Recreational Boating Statistical

Abstract httpwwwfunoutdoorscomresearch Viewed October 6 2006 ldquoNickel Metal Hydride Batteryrdquo

httpenwikipediaorgwikiNickel_metal_hydride_battery Viewed March 11 2007

NIOSH Lifting Equation Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety

October 31 2002 httpwwwccohscaoshanswersergonomics nioshassessinghtml Viewed March 8 2007

102

Nitro Boats httpwwwnitroboatscomboatindexcfmboat=2123 Viewed May 29 2007

Outdoor Superstore httpwwwoutdoorsuperstorecomproductaspprod=259621

Viewed March 8 2007 Power Up Co httpwwwpowerupcocombatteriesdekamk8AU1pdf Viewed

November 11 2006 The Robot Marketplace httpwwwrobotcombatcommarketplace_motorshtml

Viewed October 17 2006 University of California Cooperative Sea Grant Extension Program ldquoBoating Pollution

Economics and Impactsrdquo httpconcessionsnpsgovdocumentBoating Pollutionpdfsearch=22boat20 pollution22 March 18 2002 Viewed October 6 2006

Update on New Technology (Outboard PWC Engines)

httpwwwboatoregoncomCleanOutboardshtml Viewed May 23 2007

Page 16: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 17: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 18: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 19: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 20: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 21: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 22: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 23: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 24: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 25: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 26: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 27: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 28: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 29: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 30: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 31: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 32: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 33: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 34: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 35: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 36: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 37: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 38: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 39: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 40: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 41: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 42: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 43: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 44: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 45: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 46: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 47: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 48: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 49: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 50: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 51: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 52: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 53: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 54: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 55: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 56: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 57: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 58: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 59: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 60: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 61: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 62: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 63: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 64: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 65: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 66: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 67: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 68: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 69: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 70: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 71: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 72: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 73: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 74: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 75: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 76: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 77: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 78: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 79: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 80: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 81: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 82: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 83: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 84: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 85: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 86: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 87: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 88: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 89: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 90: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 91: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 92: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 93: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 94: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 95: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 96: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 97: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 98: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 99: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 100: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 101: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft
Page 102: Energy-Appropriate Personal Watercraft